Make stap-probe.c:stap_parse_register_operand's "regname" an std::string
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / ld / ldlang.c
1 /* Linker command language support.
2 Copyright (C) 1991-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include "bfd.h"
23 #include "libiberty.h"
24 #include "filenames.h"
25 #include "safe-ctype.h"
26 #include "obstack.h"
27 #include "bfdlink.h"
28
29 #include "ld.h"
30 #include "ldmain.h"
31 #include "ldexp.h"
32 #include "ldlang.h"
33 #include <ldgram.h>
34 #include "ldlex.h"
35 #include "ldmisc.h"
36 #include "ldctor.h"
37 #include "ldfile.h"
38 #include "ldemul.h"
39 #include "fnmatch.h"
40 #include "demangle.h"
41 #include "hashtab.h"
42 #include "elf-bfd.h"
43 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
44 #include "plugin.h"
45 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
46
47 #ifndef offsetof
48 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
49 #endif
50
51 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
52 For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
53 of two, so we can use shifts. */
54 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
55 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
56
57 /* Local variables. */
58 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
59 static struct obstack map_obstack;
60
61 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
62 #define obstack_chunk_free free
63 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
64 static bfd_boolean map_head_is_link_order = FALSE;
65 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
66 static bfd_boolean map_option_f;
67 static bfd_vma print_dot;
68 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
69 static const char *current_target;
70 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to any files involved in the
71 link, either specified from the command-line or added implicitely (eg.
72 archive member used to resolved undefined symbol, wildcard statement from
73 linker script, etc.). Next pointer is in next field of a
74 lang_statement_header_type (reached via header field in a
75 lang_statement_union). */
76 static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
77 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
78 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
79 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
80 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
81 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
82
83 /* Forward declarations. */
84 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
85 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
86 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
87 static bfd_boolean sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
88 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
89 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
90 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
91 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
92 static void print_statements (void);
93 static void print_input_section (asection *, bfd_boolean);
94 static bfd_boolean lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
95 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
96 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
97 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
98 (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
99 static void lang_do_memory_regions (void);
100
101 /* Exported variables. */
102 const char *output_target;
103 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
104 lang_statement_list_type lang_output_section_statement;
105 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
106 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files used in the final
107 executable. This can be either object file specified on the command-line
108 or library member resolving an undefined reference. Next pointer is in next
109 field of a lang_input_statement_type (reached via input_statement field in a
110 lang_statement_union). */
111 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
112 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files specified on the
113 command-line for linking. It thus contains real object files and archive
114 but not archive members. Next pointer is in next_real_file field of a
115 lang_input_statement_type statement (reached via input_statement field in a
116 lang_statement_union). */
117 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
118 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
119 const char *entry_section = ".text";
120 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
121 bfd_boolean entry_from_cmdline;
122 bfd_boolean undef_from_cmdline;
123 bfd_boolean lang_has_input_file = FALSE;
124 bfd_boolean had_output_filename = FALSE;
125 bfd_boolean lang_float_flag = FALSE;
126 bfd_boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = FALSE;
127 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
128 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
129 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
130
131 /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
132 DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal. */
133 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
134
135 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
136 Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
137 wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
138 be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
139 That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally. */
140 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
141
142 #define new_stat(x, y) \
143 (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
144
145 #define outside_section_address(q) \
146 ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
147
148 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
149 ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
150
151 #define SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH (16)
152
153 void *
154 stat_alloc (size_t size)
155 {
156 return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
157 }
158
159 static int
160 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
161 {
162 if (wildcardp (pattern))
163 return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
164 return strcmp (pattern, name);
165 }
166
167 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
168 separator. If not, return NULL. */
169
170 static char *
171 archive_path (const char *pattern)
172 {
173 char *p = NULL;
174
175 if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
176 return p;
177
178 p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
179 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
180 if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
181 return p;
182
183 /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
184 as in "c:\silly.dos". */
185 if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
186 p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
187 #endif
188 return p;
189 }
190
191 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
192 return whether F matches FILE_SPEC. */
193
194 static bfd_boolean
195 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
196 lang_input_statement_type *f)
197 {
198 bfd_boolean match = FALSE;
199
200 if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
201 || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
202 && ((sep != file_spec)
203 == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
204 {
205 match = TRUE;
206
207 if (sep != file_spec)
208 {
209 const char *aname = f->the_bfd->my_archive->filename;
210 *sep = 0;
211 match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
212 *sep = link_info.path_separator;
213 }
214 }
215 return match;
216 }
217
218 static bfd_boolean
219 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
220 const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
221 {
222 struct unique_sections *unam;
223 const char *secnam;
224
225 if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
226 && sec->owner != NULL
227 && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
228 return !(os != NULL
229 && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
230
231 secnam = sec->name;
232 for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
233 if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
234 return TRUE;
235
236 return FALSE;
237 }
238
239 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections. */
240
241 /* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
242 false. */
243
244 static bfd_boolean
245 walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
246 lang_input_statement_type *file)
247 {
248 struct name_list *list_tmp;
249
250 for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
251 list_tmp;
252 list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
253 {
254 char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
255
256 if (p != NULL)
257 {
258 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
259 return TRUE;
260 }
261
262 else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
263 return TRUE;
264
265 /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage? Matching
266 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
267 been superceded by the archive:path syntax. */
268 else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
269 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
270 && name_match (list_tmp->name,
271 file->the_bfd->my_archive->filename) == 0)
272 return TRUE;
273 }
274
275 return FALSE;
276 }
277
278 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard. This just calls
279 the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
280 and excludes the file. It's hardly ever present so this
281 function is very fast. */
282
283 static void
284 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
285 lang_input_statement_type *file,
286 asection *s,
287 struct wildcard_list *sec,
288 callback_t callback,
289 void *data)
290 {
291 /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded. */
292 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file))
293 return;
294
295 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
296 }
297
298 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
299 but slowly. */
300
301 static void
302 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
303 lang_input_statement_type *file,
304 callback_t callback,
305 void *data)
306 {
307 asection *s;
308 struct wildcard_list *sec;
309
310 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
311 {
312 sec = ptr->section_list;
313 if (sec == NULL)
314 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
315
316 while (sec != NULL)
317 {
318 bfd_boolean skip = FALSE;
319
320 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
321 {
322 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
323
324 skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
325 }
326
327 if (!skip)
328 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
329
330 sec = sec->next;
331 }
332 }
333 }
334
335 /* Routines to find a single section given its name. If there's more
336 than one section with that name, we report that. */
337
338 typedef struct
339 {
340 asection *found_section;
341 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
342 } section_iterator_callback_data;
343
344 static bfd_boolean
345 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
346 {
347 section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
348
349 if (d->found_section != NULL)
350 {
351 d->multiple_sections_found = TRUE;
352 return TRUE;
353 }
354
355 d->found_section = s;
356 return FALSE;
357 }
358
359 static asection *
360 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
361 struct wildcard_list *sec,
362 bfd_boolean *multiple_sections_found)
363 {
364 section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, FALSE };
365
366 bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
367 section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
368 *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
369 return cb_data.found_section;
370 }
371
372 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
373 which can be expensive because of charset translations etc. */
374
375 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
376 where the literal part is at least 4 characters long. */
377
378 static bfd_boolean
379 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
380 {
381 size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
382 return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
383 }
384
385 static bfd_boolean
386 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
387 {
388 /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
389 non-wildcard characters. So we can go faster. */
390 if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
391 || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
392 return FALSE;
393
394 pattern += 4;
395 name += 4;
396 while (*pattern != '*')
397 if (*name++ != *pattern++)
398 return FALSE;
399
400 return TRUE;
401 }
402
403 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
404 section name NAME. */
405
406 static unsigned long
407 get_init_priority (const char *name)
408 {
409 char *end;
410 unsigned long init_priority;
411
412 /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
413 attribute with numerical values 101 and 65535 inclusive. A
414 lower value means a higher priority.
415
416 1: .init_array.NNNN/.fini_array.NNNN: Where NNNN is the
417 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
418 The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
419 .fini_array is backward.
420 2: .ctors.NNNN/.dtors.NNNN: Where NNNN is 65535 minus the
421 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
422 The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
423 is forward.
424 */
425 if (strncmp (name, ".init_array.", 12) == 0
426 || strncmp (name, ".fini_array.", 12) == 0)
427 {
428 init_priority = strtoul (name + 12, &end, 10);
429 return *end ? 0 : init_priority;
430 }
431 else if (strncmp (name, ".ctors.", 7) == 0
432 || strncmp (name, ".dtors.", 7) == 0)
433 {
434 init_priority = strtoul (name + 7, &end, 10);
435 return *end ? 0 : 65535 - init_priority;
436 }
437
438 return 0;
439 }
440
441 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT. */
442
443 static int
444 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
445 {
446 int ret;
447 unsigned long ainit_priority, binit_priority;
448
449 switch (sort)
450 {
451 default:
452 abort ();
453
454 case by_init_priority:
455 ainit_priority
456 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec));
457 binit_priority
458 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
459 if (ainit_priority == 0 || binit_priority == 0)
460 goto sort_by_name;
461 ret = ainit_priority - binit_priority;
462 if (ret)
463 break;
464 else
465 goto sort_by_name;
466
467 case by_alignment_name:
468 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
469 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
470 if (ret)
471 break;
472 /* Fall through. */
473
474 case by_name:
475 sort_by_name:
476 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
477 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
478 break;
479
480 case by_name_alignment:
481 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
482 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
483 if (ret)
484 break;
485 /* Fall through. */
486
487 case by_alignment:
488 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
489 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
490 break;
491 }
492
493 return ret;
494 }
495
496 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
497 used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
498 of sections are large. */
499
500 static lang_section_bst_type **
501 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
502 struct wildcard_list *sec,
503 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
504 asection *section)
505 {
506 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
507
508 tree = &wild->tree;
509 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
510 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
511 {
512 /* Append at the right end of tree. */
513 while (*tree)
514 tree = &((*tree)->right);
515 return tree;
516 }
517
518 while (*tree)
519 {
520 /* Find the correct node to append this section. */
521 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
522 tree = &((*tree)->left);
523 else
524 tree = &((*tree)->right);
525 }
526
527 return tree;
528 }
529
530 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections. */
531
532 static void
533 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
534 struct wildcard_list *sec,
535 asection *section,
536 struct flag_info *sflag_list ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
537 lang_input_statement_type *file,
538 void *output)
539 {
540 lang_section_bst_type *node;
541 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
542 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
543
544 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
545
546 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
547 return;
548
549 node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
550 node->left = 0;
551 node->right = 0;
552 node->section = section;
553
554 tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
555 if (tree != NULL)
556 *tree = node;
557 }
558
559 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form. */
560
561 static void
562 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
563 lang_section_bst_type *tree,
564 void *output)
565 {
566 if (tree->left)
567 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
568
569 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, NULL,
570 (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
571
572 if (tree->right)
573 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
574
575 free (tree);
576 }
577
578 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
579 wildcards */
580
581 static void
582 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
583 lang_input_statement_type *file,
584 callback_t callback,
585 void *data)
586 {
587 /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
588 But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
589 (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
590 we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
591 get processed in the bfd's order. */
592 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
593 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
594 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
595
596 if (multiple_sections_found)
597 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
598 else if (s0)
599 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
600 }
601
602 static void
603 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
604 lang_input_statement_type *file,
605 callback_t callback,
606 void *data)
607 {
608 asection *s;
609 struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
610
611 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
612 {
613 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
614 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
615
616 if (!skip)
617 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
618 }
619 }
620
621 static void
622 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
623 lang_input_statement_type *file,
624 callback_t callback,
625 void *data)
626 {
627 asection *s;
628 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
629 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
630 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
631 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
632
633 if (multiple_sections_found)
634 {
635 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
636 return;
637 }
638
639 /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
640 we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below. */
641 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
642 {
643 /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
644 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
645 wildspec1. */
646 if (s == s0)
647 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
648 else
649 {
650 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
651 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
652
653 if (!skip)
654 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
655 data);
656 }
657 }
658 }
659
660 static void
661 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
662 lang_input_statement_type *file,
663 callback_t callback,
664 void *data)
665 {
666 asection *s;
667 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
668 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
669 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
670 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
671 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
672
673 if (multiple_sections_found)
674 {
675 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
676 return;
677 }
678
679 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
680 {
681 if (s == s0)
682 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
683 else
684 {
685 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
686 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
687
688 if (!skip)
689 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
690 else
691 {
692 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
693 if (!skip)
694 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
695 data);
696 }
697 }
698 }
699 }
700
701 static void
702 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
703 lang_input_statement_type *file,
704 callback_t callback,
705 void *data)
706 {
707 asection *s;
708 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
709 struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
710 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
711 struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
712 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
713 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
714
715 if (multiple_sections_found)
716 {
717 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
718 return;
719 }
720
721 s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
722 if (multiple_sections_found)
723 {
724 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
725 return;
726 }
727
728 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
729 {
730 if (s == s0)
731 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
732 else
733 if (s == s1)
734 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
735 else
736 {
737 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
738 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name,
739 sname);
740
741 if (!skip)
742 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
743 data);
744 else
745 {
746 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
747 if (!skip)
748 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
749 callback, data);
750 }
751 }
752 }
753 }
754
755 static void
756 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
757 lang_input_statement_type *file,
758 callback_t callback,
759 void *data)
760 {
761 if (file->flags.just_syms)
762 return;
763
764 (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
765 }
766
767 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
768 something name2 can match. We're conservative: we return FALSE
769 only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
770 first wildcard character. */
771
772 static bfd_boolean
773 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
774 {
775 size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
776 size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
777 size_t min_prefix_len;
778
779 /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
780 terminating 0 as part of the prefix. Thus ".text" won't match
781 ".text." or ".text.*", for example. */
782 if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
783 prefix1_len++;
784 if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
785 prefix2_len++;
786
787 min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
788
789 return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
790 }
791
792 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
793 statements. */
794
795 static void
796 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
797 {
798 int sec_count = 0;
799 int wild_name_count = 0;
800 struct wildcard_list *sec;
801 int signature;
802 int data_counter;
803
804 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
805 ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
806 ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
807 ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
808 ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
809 ptr->tree = NULL;
810
811 /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
812 actually use wildcards in the name. Also, bail out if any of the
813 wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
814 walk_wild_section used to test for it.) And bail out if any
815 of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
816 ending in a single '*'. */
817 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
818 {
819 ++sec_count;
820 if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
821 return;
822 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
823 {
824 ++wild_name_count;
825 if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
826 return;
827 }
828 }
829
830 /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
831 happen in practice. Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
832 happen in practice. */
833 if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
834 return;
835
836 /* Check that no two specs can match the same section. */
837 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
838 {
839 struct wildcard_list *sec2;
840 for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
841 {
842 if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
843 return;
844 }
845 }
846
847 signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
848 switch (signature)
849 {
850 case 0x0100:
851 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
852 break;
853 case 0x0101:
854 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
855 break;
856 case 0x0201:
857 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
858 break;
859 case 0x0302:
860 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
861 break;
862 case 0x0402:
863 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
864 break;
865 default:
866 return;
867 }
868
869 /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
870 specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
871 names. It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
872 given order, because we've already determined that no section
873 will match more than one spec. */
874 data_counter = 0;
875 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
876 if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
877 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
878 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
879 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
880 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
881 }
882
883 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F. */
884
885 static void
886 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
887 lang_input_statement_type *f,
888 callback_t callback,
889 void *data)
890 {
891 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f))
892 return;
893
894 if (f->the_bfd == NULL
895 || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
896 walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
897 else
898 {
899 bfd *member;
900
901 /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the
902 archive separately. */
903 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
904 while (member != NULL)
905 {
906 /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
907 entry point for the archive. For each element of the
908 archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
909 which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
910 lang_input_statement. */
911 if (member->usrdata != NULL)
912 {
913 walk_wild_section (s,
914 (lang_input_statement_type *) member->usrdata,
915 callback, data);
916 }
917
918 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
919 }
920 }
921 }
922
923 static void
924 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
925 {
926 const char *file_spec = s->filename;
927 char *p;
928
929 if (file_spec == NULL)
930 {
931 /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list. */
932 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
933 {
934 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
935 }
936 }
937 else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
938 {
939 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
940 {
941 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
942 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
943 }
944 }
945 else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
946 {
947 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
948 {
949 if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
950 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
951 }
952 }
953 else
954 {
955 lang_input_statement_type *f;
956
957 /* Perform the iteration over a single file. */
958 f = lookup_name (file_spec);
959 if (f)
960 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
961 }
962 }
963
964 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
965 function for each node, except those inside output section statements
966 with constraint set to -1. */
967
968 void
969 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
970 lang_statement_union_type *s)
971 {
972 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
973 {
974 func (s);
975
976 switch (s->header.type)
977 {
978 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
979 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
980 break;
981 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
982 if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
983 lang_for_each_statement_worker
984 (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
985 break;
986 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
987 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
988 s->wild_statement.children.head);
989 break;
990 case lang_group_statement_enum:
991 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
992 s->group_statement.children.head);
993 break;
994 case lang_data_statement_enum:
995 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
996 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
997 case lang_output_statement_enum:
998 case lang_target_statement_enum:
999 case lang_input_section_enum:
1000 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1001 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1002 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1003 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1004 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1005 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1006 break;
1007 default:
1008 FAIL ();
1009 break;
1010 }
1011 }
1012 }
1013
1014 void
1015 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
1016 {
1017 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
1018 }
1019
1020 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1021
1022 void
1023 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
1024 {
1025 list->head = NULL;
1026 list->tail = &list->head;
1027 }
1028
1029 void
1030 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1031 {
1032 if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1033 abort ();
1034 *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1035 stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1036 }
1037
1038 void
1039 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1040 {
1041 if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1042 abort ();
1043 stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1044 }
1045
1046 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree. */
1047
1048 static lang_statement_union_type *
1049 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1050 size_t size,
1051 lang_statement_list_type *list)
1052 {
1053 lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1054
1055 new_stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) stat_alloc (size);
1056 new_stmt->header.type = type;
1057 new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1058 lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1059 return new_stmt;
1060 }
1061
1062 /* Build a new input file node for the language. There are several
1063 ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1064 or prefix it with a -l etc.
1065
1066 We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1067 they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1068 foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1069 got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd. */
1070
1071 static lang_input_statement_type *
1072 new_afile (const char *name,
1073 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1074 const char *target,
1075 bfd_boolean add_to_list)
1076 {
1077 lang_input_statement_type *p;
1078
1079 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
1080
1081 if (add_to_list)
1082 p = (lang_input_statement_type *) new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1083 else
1084 {
1085 p = (lang_input_statement_type *)
1086 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_input_statement_type));
1087 p->header.type = lang_input_statement_enum;
1088 p->header.next = NULL;
1089 }
1090
1091 memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1092 sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1093 p->target = target;
1094 p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1095 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1096 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1097 p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1098 p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1099
1100 switch (file_type)
1101 {
1102 case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1103 p->filename = name;
1104 p->local_sym_name = name;
1105 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1106 p->flags.just_syms = TRUE;
1107 break;
1108 case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1109 p->filename = name;
1110 p->local_sym_name = name;
1111 break;
1112 case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1113 if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1114 {
1115 p->filename = name + 1;
1116 p->flags.full_name_provided = TRUE;
1117 }
1118 else
1119 p->filename = name;
1120 p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1121 p->flags.maybe_archive = TRUE;
1122 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1123 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1124 break;
1125 case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1126 p->filename = name;
1127 p->local_sym_name = name;
1128 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1129 break;
1130 case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1131 p->filename = name;
1132 p->local_sym_name = name;
1133 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1134 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1135 break;
1136 case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1137 p->filename = name;
1138 p->local_sym_name = name;
1139 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1140 break;
1141 default:
1142 FAIL ();
1143 }
1144
1145 lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain,
1146 (lang_statement_union_type *) p,
1147 &p->next_real_file);
1148 return p;
1149 }
1150
1151 lang_input_statement_type *
1152 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1153 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1154 const char *target)
1155 {
1156 if (name != NULL
1157 && (*name == '=' || CONST_STRNEQ (name, "$SYSROOT")))
1158 {
1159 lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1160 char *sysrooted_name
1161 = concat (ld_sysroot,
1162 name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
1163 (const char *) NULL);
1164
1165 /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1166 file independent of the context. Therefore, temporarily
1167 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1168 get the sysroot prepended again when opened. (N.B. if it's a
1169 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1170 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1171 within the sysroot subdirectory.) */
1172 unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1173 input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1174 ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1175 input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1176 return ret;
1177 }
1178
1179 return new_afile (name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1180 }
1181
1182 struct out_section_hash_entry
1183 {
1184 struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1185 lang_statement_union_type s;
1186 };
1187
1188 /* The hash table. */
1189
1190 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1191
1192 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1193 initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table. */
1194
1195 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1196 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1197 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1198 const char *string)
1199 {
1200 lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1201 struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1202
1203 if (entry == NULL)
1204 {
1205 entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1206 sizeof (*ret));
1207 if (entry == NULL)
1208 return entry;
1209 }
1210
1211 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1212 if (entry == NULL)
1213 return entry;
1214
1215 ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1216 memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1217 ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1218 ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = NULL;
1219 ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = NULL;
1220 ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1221 lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1222 lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1223
1224 /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1225 first one, lang_output_section_statement.tail points to the "next"
1226 field of the last element of the list. */
1227 if (lang_output_section_statement.head != NULL)
1228 ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1229 = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1230 ((char *) lang_output_section_statement.tail
1231 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1232
1233 /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1234 address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1235 instead. */
1236 nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1237 lang_statement_append (&lang_output_section_statement,
1238 &ret->s,
1239 (lang_statement_union_type **) nextp);
1240 return &ret->root;
1241 }
1242
1243 static void
1244 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1245 {
1246 if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1247 output_section_statement_newfunc,
1248 sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1249 61))
1250 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1251 }
1252
1253 static void
1254 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1255 {
1256 bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1257 }
1258
1259 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree. */
1260
1261 void
1262 lang_init (void)
1263 {
1264 obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1265
1266 stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1267
1268 output_section_statement_table_init ();
1269
1270 lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1271
1272 lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1273 lang_list_init (&lang_output_section_statement);
1274 lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1275 first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1276 NULL);
1277 abs_output_section =
1278 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, TRUE);
1279
1280 abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1281
1282 asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1283 asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1284 }
1285
1286 void
1287 lang_finish (void)
1288 {
1289 output_section_statement_table_free ();
1290 }
1291
1292 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1293 A region is an area of memory declared with the
1294 MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1295 syntax.
1296
1297 We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1298
1299 If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1300 which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1301
1302 If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1303 In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1304 already been created. If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1305 dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1306 and so we issue a warning.
1307
1308 Each region has at least one name. The first name is either
1309 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block. You can add
1310 alias names to an existing region within a script with
1311 REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name). Each name corresponds to at most one
1312 region. */
1313
1314 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1315 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1316 = &lang_memory_region_list;
1317
1318 lang_memory_region_type *
1319 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bfd_boolean create)
1320 {
1321 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1322 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1323 lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1324
1325 /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified. */
1326 if (name == NULL)
1327 return NULL;
1328
1329 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1330 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1331 if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1332 {
1333 if (create)
1334 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1335 NULL, name);
1336 return r;
1337 }
1338
1339 if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1340 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1341 NULL, name);
1342
1343 new_region = (lang_memory_region_type *)
1344 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1345
1346 new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1347 new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1348 new_region->next = NULL;
1349 new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1350 new_region->origin = 0;
1351 new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1352 new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1353 new_region->current = 0;
1354 new_region->last_os = NULL;
1355 new_region->flags = 0;
1356 new_region->not_flags = 0;
1357 new_region->had_full_message = FALSE;
1358
1359 *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1360 lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1361
1362 return new_region;
1363 }
1364
1365 void
1366 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
1367 {
1368 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1369 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1370 lang_memory_region_type *region;
1371
1372 /* The default region must be unique. This ensures that it is not necessary
1373 to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1374 the default memory region. */
1375 if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1376 || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1377 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1378
1379 /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1380 in use. */
1381 region = NULL;
1382 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1383 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1384 {
1385 if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1386 region = r;
1387 if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1388 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: redefinition of memory region "
1389 "alias `%s'\n"),
1390 NULL, alias);
1391 }
1392
1393 /* Check if the target region exists. */
1394 if (region == NULL)
1395 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: memory region `%s' "
1396 "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1397 NULL, region_name, alias);
1398
1399 /* Add alias to region name list. */
1400 n = (lang_memory_region_name *) stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1401 n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1402 n->next = region->name_list.next;
1403 region->name_list.next = n;
1404 }
1405
1406 static lang_memory_region_type *
1407 lang_memory_default (asection *section)
1408 {
1409 lang_memory_region_type *p;
1410
1411 flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1412
1413 /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section. */
1414 if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1415 sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1416
1417 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1418 {
1419 if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1420 && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1421 {
1422 return p;
1423 }
1424 }
1425 return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
1426 }
1427
1428 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata. */
1429
1430 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1431 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1432 {
1433 return get_userdata (output_section);
1434 }
1435
1436 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1437 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1438 match any non-negative constraint. If CREATE, always make a
1439 new output_section_statement for SPECIAL CONSTRAINT. */
1440
1441 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1442 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1443 int constraint,
1444 bfd_boolean create)
1445 {
1446 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1447
1448 entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1449 bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1450 create, FALSE));
1451 if (entry == NULL)
1452 {
1453 if (create)
1454 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1455 return NULL;
1456 }
1457
1458 if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1459 {
1460 /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1461 constraint. */
1462 struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1463
1464 name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1465 if (create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1466 /* Not traversing to the end reverses the order of the second
1467 and subsequent SPECIAL sections in the hash table chain,
1468 but that shouldn't matter. */
1469 last_ent = entry;
1470 else
1471 do
1472 {
1473 if (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1474 || (constraint == 0
1475 && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0))
1476 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1477 last_ent = entry;
1478 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1479 }
1480 while (entry != NULL
1481 && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1482
1483 if (!create)
1484 return NULL;
1485
1486 entry
1487 = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1488 output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1489 &output_section_statement_table,
1490 name));
1491 if (entry == NULL)
1492 {
1493 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1494 return NULL;
1495 }
1496 entry->root = last_ent->root;
1497 last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1498 }
1499
1500 entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1501 entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1502 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1503 }
1504
1505 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1506 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1507 match any non-negative constraint. */
1508
1509 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1510 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1511 int constraint)
1512 {
1513 /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1514 struct out_section_hash_entry. */
1515 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1516 ((char *) os
1517 - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1518 const char *name = os->name;
1519
1520 ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1521 do
1522 {
1523 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1524 if (entry == NULL
1525 || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1526 return NULL;
1527 }
1528 while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1529 && (constraint != 0
1530 || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1531
1532 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1533 }
1534
1535 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1536 Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1537 statement for SEC. If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1538 sets *EXACT too. */
1539
1540 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1541 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1542 flagword sec_flags,
1543 lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1544 lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1545 {
1546 lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1547 flagword look_flags, differ;
1548
1549 /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*. May as well
1550 skip it. */
1551 first = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1552 first = first->next;
1553
1554 /* First try for an exact match. */
1555 found = NULL;
1556 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1557 {
1558 look_flags = look->flags;
1559 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1560 {
1561 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1562 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1563 look->bfd_section,
1564 sec->owner, sec))
1565 continue;
1566 }
1567 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1568 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1569 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1570 found = look;
1571 }
1572 if (found != NULL)
1573 {
1574 if (exact != NULL)
1575 *exact = found;
1576 return found;
1577 }
1578
1579 if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1580 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1581 {
1582 /* Try for a rw code section. */
1583 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1584 {
1585 look_flags = look->flags;
1586 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1587 {
1588 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1589 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1590 look->bfd_section,
1591 sec->owner, sec))
1592 continue;
1593 }
1594 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1595 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1596 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1597 found = look;
1598 }
1599 }
1600 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1601 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1602 {
1603 /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata. */
1604 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1605 {
1606 look_flags = look->flags;
1607 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1608 {
1609 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1610 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1611 look->bfd_section,
1612 sec->owner, sec))
1613 continue;
1614 }
1615 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1616 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1617 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1618 || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1619 | SEC_READONLY))
1620 && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1621 found = look;
1622 }
1623 }
1624 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1625 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1626 {
1627 /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata. Treat .tbss
1628 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type. */
1629 bfd_boolean seen_thread_local = FALSE;
1630
1631 match_type = NULL;
1632 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1633 {
1634 look_flags = look->flags;
1635 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1636 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1637
1638 differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1639 if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1640 {
1641 /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order. */
1642 if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1643 && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1644 /* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1645 a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1646 previous section. */
1647 break;
1648 found = look;
1649 seen_thread_local = TRUE;
1650 }
1651 else if (seen_thread_local)
1652 break;
1653 else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1654 found = look;
1655 }
1656 }
1657 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1658 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1659 {
1660 /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata. */
1661 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1662 {
1663 look_flags = look->flags;
1664 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1665 {
1666 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1667 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1668 look->bfd_section,
1669 sec->owner, sec))
1670 continue;
1671 }
1672 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1673 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1674 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1675 || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1676 && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1677 found = look;
1678 }
1679 }
1680 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1681 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1682 {
1683 /* .data goes after .rodata. */
1684 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1685 {
1686 look_flags = look->flags;
1687 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1688 {
1689 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1690 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1691 look->bfd_section,
1692 sec->owner, sec))
1693 continue;
1694 }
1695 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1696 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1697 | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1698 found = look;
1699 }
1700 }
1701 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1702 {
1703 /* .bss goes after any other alloc section. */
1704 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1705 {
1706 look_flags = look->flags;
1707 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1708 {
1709 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1710 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1711 look->bfd_section,
1712 sec->owner, sec))
1713 continue;
1714 }
1715 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1716 if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1717 found = look;
1718 }
1719 }
1720 else
1721 {
1722 /* non-alloc go last. */
1723 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1724 {
1725 look_flags = look->flags;
1726 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1727 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1728 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1729 if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1730 found = look;
1731 }
1732 return found;
1733 }
1734
1735 if (found || !match_type)
1736 return found;
1737
1738 return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1739 }
1740
1741 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1742 Used by place_orphan. */
1743
1744 static asection *
1745 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1746 {
1747 lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1748
1749 for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1750 {
1751 if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1752 continue;
1753
1754 if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1755 return lookup->bfd_section;
1756 }
1757
1758 return NULL;
1759 }
1760
1761 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement. The
1762 idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1763 statement in a script, before we find another output section
1764 statement. Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1765 are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases; The first
1766 assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1767 Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1768 similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1769 insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1770 image symbols. */
1771
1772 static lang_statement_union_type **
1773 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1774 {
1775 lang_statement_union_type **where;
1776 lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1777 bfd_boolean ignore_first;
1778
1779 ignore_first
1780 = after == &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1781
1782 for (where = &after->header.next;
1783 *where != NULL;
1784 where = &(*where)->header.next)
1785 {
1786 switch ((*where)->header.type)
1787 {
1788 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1789 if (assign == NULL)
1790 {
1791 lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1792
1793 ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1794 if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1795 && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1796 && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0)
1797 {
1798 if (!ignore_first)
1799 assign = where;
1800 ignore_first = FALSE;
1801 }
1802 }
1803 continue;
1804 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1805 case lang_input_section_enum:
1806 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1807 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1808 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1809 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1810 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1811 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1812 assign = NULL;
1813 ignore_first = FALSE;
1814 continue;
1815 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1816 if (assign != NULL)
1817 {
1818 asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1819
1820 if (s == NULL
1821 || s->map_head.s == NULL
1822 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1823 where = assign;
1824 }
1825 break;
1826 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1827 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1828 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1829 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1830 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1831 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1832 continue;
1833 }
1834 break;
1835 }
1836
1837 return where;
1838 }
1839
1840 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1841 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1842 const char *secname,
1843 int constraint,
1844 lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1845 struct orphan_save *place,
1846 etree_type *address,
1847 lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1848 {
1849 lang_statement_list_type add;
1850 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1851 lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1852
1853 /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1854 statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1855 inserting them later into the global statement list. */
1856 if (after != NULL)
1857 {
1858 lang_list_init (&add);
1859 push_stat_ptr (&add);
1860 }
1861
1862 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1863 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1864 address = exp_intop (0);
1865
1866 os_tail = ((lang_output_section_statement_type **)
1867 lang_output_section_statement.tail);
1868 os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
1869 NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1870
1871 if (add_child == NULL)
1872 add_child = &os->children;
1873 lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, os);
1874
1875 if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1876 {
1877 const char *region = (after->region
1878 ? after->region->name_list.name
1879 : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1880 const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1881 ? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1882 : NULL);
1883 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1884 lma_region);
1885 }
1886 else
1887 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1888 NULL);
1889
1890 /* Restore the global list pointer. */
1891 if (after != NULL)
1892 pop_stat_ptr ();
1893
1894 if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1895 {
1896 asection *snew, *as;
1897 bfd_boolean place_after = place->stmt == NULL;
1898 bfd_boolean insert_after = TRUE;
1899
1900 snew = os->bfd_section;
1901
1902 /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1903 neater. This is really only cosmetic. */
1904 if (place->section == NULL
1905 && after != (&lang_output_section_statement.head
1906 ->output_section_statement))
1907 {
1908 asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1909
1910 /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1911 sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1912 look for the closest prior output statement having an
1913 output section. */
1914 if (bfd_section == NULL)
1915 bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1916
1917 if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1918 place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1919 }
1920
1921 if (place->section == NULL)
1922 place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1923
1924 as = *place->section;
1925
1926 if (!as)
1927 {
1928 /* Put the section at the end of the list. */
1929
1930 /* Unlink the section. */
1931 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1932
1933 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1934 bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1935 }
1936 else if ((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
1937 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1938 && (bfd_get_flavour (s->owner)
1939 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1940 && ((elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1941 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1942 || (elf_section_type (as) == SHT_NOTE
1943 && (as->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)))
1944 {
1945 /* Make sure that output note sections are grouped and sorted
1946 by alignments when inserting a note section or insert a
1947 section after a note section, */
1948 asection *sec;
1949 /* A specific section after which the output note section
1950 should be placed. */
1951 asection *after_sec;
1952 /* True if we need to insert the orphan section after a
1953 specific section to maintain output note section order. */
1954 bfd_boolean after_sec_note = FALSE;
1955
1956 static asection *first_orphan_note = NULL;
1957
1958 /* Group and sort output note section by alignments in
1959 ascending order. */
1960 after_sec = NULL;
1961 if (elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1962 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1963 {
1964 /* Search from the beginning for the last output note
1965 section with equal or larger alignments. NB: Don't
1966 place orphan note section after non-note sections. */
1967
1968 first_orphan_note = NULL;
1969 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1970 (sec != NULL
1971 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
1972 sec = sec->next)
1973 if (sec != snew
1974 && elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
1975 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1976 {
1977 if (!first_orphan_note)
1978 first_orphan_note = sec;
1979 if (sec->alignment_power >= s->alignment_power)
1980 after_sec = sec;
1981 }
1982 else if (first_orphan_note)
1983 {
1984 /* Stop if there is non-note section after the first
1985 orphan note section. */
1986 break;
1987 }
1988
1989 /* If this will be the first orphan note section, it can
1990 be placed at the default location. */
1991 after_sec_note = first_orphan_note != NULL;
1992 if (after_sec == NULL && after_sec_note)
1993 {
1994 /* If all output note sections have smaller
1995 alignments, place the section before all
1996 output orphan note sections. */
1997 after_sec = first_orphan_note;
1998 insert_after = FALSE;
1999 }
2000 }
2001 else if (first_orphan_note)
2002 {
2003 /* Don't place non-note sections in the middle of orphan
2004 note sections. */
2005 after_sec_note = TRUE;
2006 after_sec = as;
2007 for (sec = as->next;
2008 (sec != NULL
2009 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
2010 sec = sec->next)
2011 if (elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
2012 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2013 after_sec = sec;
2014 }
2015
2016 if (after_sec_note)
2017 {
2018 if (after_sec)
2019 {
2020 /* Search forward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2021 statement. */
2022 lang_output_section_statement_type *stmt, *next;
2023 bfd_boolean found = FALSE;
2024 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = next)
2025 {
2026 next = stmt->next;
2027 if (insert_after)
2028 {
2029 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2030 {
2031 place_after = TRUE;
2032 found = TRUE;
2033 after = stmt;
2034 break;
2035 }
2036 }
2037 else
2038 {
2039 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2040 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2041 if (next && next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2042 {
2043 place_after = TRUE;
2044 found = TRUE;
2045 after = stmt;
2046 break;
2047 }
2048 }
2049 }
2050
2051 /* Search backward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2052 statement. */
2053 if (!found)
2054 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->prev)
2055 {
2056 if (insert_after)
2057 {
2058 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2059 {
2060 place_after = TRUE;
2061 after = stmt;
2062 break;
2063 }
2064 }
2065 else
2066 {
2067 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2068 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2069 if (stmt->next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2070 {
2071 place_after = TRUE;
2072 after = stmt;
2073 break;
2074 }
2075 }
2076 }
2077 }
2078
2079 if (after_sec == NULL
2080 || (insert_after && after_sec->next != snew)
2081 || (!insert_after && after_sec->prev != snew))
2082 {
2083 /* Unlink the section. */
2084 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2085
2086 /* Place SNEW after AFTER_SEC. If AFTER_SEC is NULL,
2087 prepend SNEW. */
2088 if (after_sec)
2089 {
2090 if (insert_after)
2091 bfd_section_list_insert_after (link_info.output_bfd,
2092 after_sec, snew);
2093 else
2094 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2095 after_sec, snew);
2096 }
2097 else
2098 bfd_section_list_prepend (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2099 }
2100 }
2101 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2102 {
2103 /* Unlink the section. */
2104 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2105
2106 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2107 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2108 as, snew);
2109 }
2110 }
2111 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2112 {
2113 /* Unlink the section. */
2114 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2115
2116 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2117 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
2118 }
2119
2120 /* Save the end of this list. Further ophans of this type will
2121 follow the one we've just added. */
2122 place->section = &snew->next;
2123
2124 /* The following is non-cosmetic. We try to put the output
2125 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
2126 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
2127 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
2128 require extra segments. For instance, given a typical
2129 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
2130 following that a segment containing all the read-write
2131 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
2132 section before or amongst the read-only ones. */
2133 if (add.head != NULL)
2134 {
2135 lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
2136
2137 /* Place OS after AFTER if AFTER_NOTE is TRUE. */
2138 if (place_after)
2139 {
2140 lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
2141
2142 *add.tail = *where;
2143 *where = add.head;
2144
2145 place->os_tail = &after->next;
2146 }
2147 else
2148 {
2149 /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added. */
2150 *add.tail = *place->stmt;
2151 *place->stmt = add.head;
2152 }
2153
2154 /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
2155 new list at the tail. */
2156 if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
2157 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
2158
2159 /* Save the end of this list. */
2160 place->stmt = add.tail;
2161
2162 /* Do the same for the list of output section statements. */
2163 newly_added_os = *os_tail;
2164 *os_tail = NULL;
2165 newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
2166 ((char *) place->os_tail
2167 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
2168 newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
2169 if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
2170 newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
2171 *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
2172 place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
2173
2174 /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
2175 We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
2176 trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
2177 assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
2178 the same place when assigning *place->os_tail. */
2179 if (*os_tail == NULL)
2180 lang_output_section_statement.tail
2181 = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
2182 }
2183 }
2184 return os;
2185 }
2186
2187 static void
2188 lang_print_asneeded (void)
2189 {
2190 struct asneeded_minfo *m;
2191
2192 if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
2193 return;
2194
2195 minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
2196
2197 for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2198 {
2199 size_t len;
2200
2201 minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2202 len = strlen (m->soname);
2203
2204 if (len >= 29)
2205 {
2206 print_nl ();
2207 len = 0;
2208 }
2209 while (len < 30)
2210 {
2211 print_space ();
2212 ++len;
2213 }
2214
2215 if (m->ref != NULL)
2216 minfo ("%pB ", m->ref);
2217 minfo ("(%pT)\n", m->name);
2218 }
2219 }
2220
2221 static void
2222 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2223 {
2224 if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2225 minfo ("a");
2226
2227 if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2228 minfo ("x");
2229
2230 if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2231 minfo ("r");
2232
2233 if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2234 minfo ("w");
2235
2236 if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2237 minfo ("l");
2238 }
2239
2240 void
2241 lang_map (void)
2242 {
2243 lang_memory_region_type *m;
2244 bfd_boolean dis_header_printed = FALSE;
2245
2246 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2247 {
2248 asection *s;
2249
2250 if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2251 || file->flags.just_syms)
2252 continue;
2253
2254 if (config.print_map_discarded)
2255 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2256 if ((s->output_section == NULL
2257 || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2258 && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2259 {
2260 if (! dis_header_printed)
2261 {
2262 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2263 dis_header_printed = TRUE;
2264 }
2265
2266 print_input_section (s, TRUE);
2267 }
2268 }
2269
2270 minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2271 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2272 _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2273
2274 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2275 {
2276 char buf[100];
2277 int len;
2278
2279 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2280
2281 sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2282 minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2283 len = strlen (buf);
2284 while (len < 16)
2285 {
2286 print_space ();
2287 ++len;
2288 }
2289
2290 minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2291 if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2292 {
2293 #ifndef BFD64
2294 minfo (" ");
2295 #endif
2296 if (m->flags)
2297 {
2298 print_space ();
2299 lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2300 }
2301
2302 if (m->not_flags)
2303 {
2304 minfo (" !");
2305 lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2306 }
2307 }
2308
2309 print_nl ();
2310 }
2311
2312 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2313
2314 if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2315 {
2316 obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2317 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2318 }
2319 expld.phase = lang_fixed_phase_enum;
2320 lang_statement_iteration++;
2321 print_statements ();
2322
2323 ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
2324 config.map_file);
2325 }
2326
2327 static bfd_boolean
2328 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2329 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2330 {
2331 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2332 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2333 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2334 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2335 {
2336 input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2337 struct map_symbol_def *def;
2338
2339 ud = ((input_section_userdata_type *)
2340 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section));
2341 if (!ud)
2342 {
2343 ud = (input_section_userdata_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2344 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section) = ud;
2345 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2346 ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2347 }
2348 else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2349 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2350
2351 def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2352 def->entry = hash_entry;
2353 *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2354 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2355 ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2356 }
2357 return TRUE;
2358 }
2359
2360 /* Initialize an output section. */
2361
2362 static void
2363 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2364 {
2365 if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2366 einfo (_("%F%P: illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2367
2368 if (s->constraint != SPECIAL)
2369 s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2370 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2371 s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2372 s->name, flags);
2373 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2374 {
2375 einfo (_("%F%P: output format %s cannot represent section"
2376 " called %s: %E\n"),
2377 link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2378 }
2379 s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2380 s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2381
2382 /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2383 statement to avoid lookup. */
2384 get_userdata (s->bfd_section) = s;
2385
2386 /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2387 mention are initialized. */
2388 if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2389 exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2390
2391 if (s->load_base != NULL)
2392 exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2393
2394 /* If supplied an alignment, set it. */
2395 if (s->section_alignment != NULL)
2396 s->bfd_section->alignment_power = exp_get_power (s->section_alignment,
2397 "section alignment");
2398 }
2399
2400 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2401 initialized. */
2402
2403 static void
2404 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2405 {
2406 switch (exp->type.node_class)
2407 {
2408 case etree_assign:
2409 case etree_provide:
2410 case etree_provided:
2411 exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2412 break;
2413
2414 case etree_binary:
2415 exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2416 exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2417 break;
2418
2419 case etree_trinary:
2420 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2421 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2422 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2423 break;
2424
2425 case etree_assert:
2426 exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2427 break;
2428
2429 case etree_unary:
2430 exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2431 break;
2432
2433 case etree_name:
2434 switch (exp->type.node_code)
2435 {
2436 case ADDR:
2437 case LOADADDR:
2438 case SIZEOF:
2439 {
2440 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2441
2442 os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2443 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2444 init_os (os, 0);
2445 }
2446 }
2447 break;
2448
2449 default:
2450 break;
2451 }
2452 }
2453 \f
2454 static void
2455 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2456 {
2457 lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2458
2459 /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2460 discard all sections. */
2461 if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2462 {
2463 bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2464 return;
2465 }
2466
2467 /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections. */
2468 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
2469 && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
2470 && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2471 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2472
2473 if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2474 bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2475 }
2476 \f
2477
2478 /* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
2479 section flags, otherwise returns false. */
2480
2481 static bfd_boolean
2482 lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
2483 {
2484 bfd_boolean discard;
2485 flagword flags = section->flags;
2486
2487 /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE. */
2488 discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2489
2490 /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
2491 sections from within the group. */
2492 if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
2493 && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2494 discard = TRUE;
2495
2496 /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2497 information. */
2498 if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2499 && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2500 discard = TRUE;
2501
2502 return discard;
2503 }
2504
2505 /* The wild routines.
2506
2507 These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2508 explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2509 foo.o(.text, .data). */
2510
2511 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a
2512 lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. */
2513
2514 void
2515 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2516 asection *section,
2517 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2518 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2519 {
2520 flagword flags = section->flags;
2521
2522 bfd_boolean discard;
2523 lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2524 bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2525
2526 /* Is this section one we know should be discarded? */
2527 discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
2528
2529 /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2530 DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */
2531 if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2532 discard = TRUE;
2533
2534 if (discard)
2535 {
2536 if (section->output_section == NULL)
2537 {
2538 /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section. */
2539 section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2540 }
2541 return;
2542 }
2543
2544 if (sflag_info)
2545 {
2546 bfd_boolean keep;
2547
2548 keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2549 if (!keep)
2550 return;
2551 }
2552
2553 if (section->output_section != NULL)
2554 return;
2555
2556 /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2557 to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2558 SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2559 section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2560 build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2561 the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill. */
2562 flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2563
2564 /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2565 already been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe
2566 format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2567 to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
2568 if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
2569 {
2570 if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2571 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2572 else
2573 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2574 }
2575 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2576 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2577
2578 switch (output->sectype)
2579 {
2580 case normal_section:
2581 case overlay_section:
2582 break;
2583 case noalloc_section:
2584 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2585 break;
2586 case noload_section:
2587 flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2588 flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2589 /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2590 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts. ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2591 alloc, no contents section. All others get a noload, noalloc
2592 section. */
2593 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2594 flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2595 else
2596 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2597 break;
2598 }
2599
2600 if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2601 init_os (output, flags);
2602
2603 /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2604 it from the output section. */
2605 output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2606
2607 if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2608 {
2609 /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section. */
2610 flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2611
2612 /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same. */
2613 if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2614 != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2615 || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2616 && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2617 {
2618 output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2619 flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2620 }
2621 }
2622 output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2623
2624 if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2625 {
2626 output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2627 /* This must happen after flags have been updated. The output
2628 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2629 section, eg. for a data statement. */
2630 bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2631 link_info.output_bfd,
2632 output->bfd_section,
2633 &link_info);
2634 if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2635 output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2636 }
2637
2638 if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2639 && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2640 {
2641 /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd... */
2642 output->block_value = 128;
2643 }
2644
2645 if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2646 output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2647
2648 section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2649
2650 if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2651 {
2652 asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2653 output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2654 section->map_head.s = NULL;
2655 section->map_tail.s = s;
2656 if (s != NULL)
2657 s->map_head.s = section;
2658 else
2659 output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2660 }
2661
2662 /* Add a section reference to the list. */
2663 new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2664 new_section->section = section;
2665 }
2666
2667 /* Handle wildcard sorting. This returns the lang_input_section which
2668 should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2669 based on the sorting requirements of WILD. It returns NULL if the
2670 new section should just go at the end of the current list. */
2671
2672 static lang_statement_union_type *
2673 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2674 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2675 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2676 asection *section)
2677 {
2678 lang_statement_union_type *l;
2679
2680 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2681 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2682 return NULL;
2683
2684 for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2685 {
2686 lang_input_section_type *ls;
2687
2688 if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2689 continue;
2690 ls = &l->input_section;
2691
2692 /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2693 name. */
2694
2695 if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2696 {
2697 const char *fn, *ln;
2698 bfd_boolean fa, la;
2699 int i;
2700
2701 /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2702 dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2703 the archive and then the name of the file within the
2704 archive. */
2705
2706 if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2707 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
2708 {
2709 fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
2710 fa = TRUE;
2711 }
2712 else
2713 {
2714 fn = file->filename;
2715 fa = FALSE;
2716 }
2717
2718 if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL)
2719 {
2720 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
2721 la = TRUE;
2722 }
2723 else
2724 {
2725 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2726 la = FALSE;
2727 }
2728
2729 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2730 if (i > 0)
2731 continue;
2732 else if (i < 0)
2733 break;
2734
2735 if (fa || la)
2736 {
2737 if (fa)
2738 fn = file->filename;
2739 if (la)
2740 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2741
2742 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2743 if (i > 0)
2744 continue;
2745 else if (i < 0)
2746 break;
2747 }
2748 }
2749
2750 /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2751 looking at the sections for this file. */
2752
2753 if (sec != NULL
2754 && sec->spec.sorted != none
2755 && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2756 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2757 break;
2758 }
2759
2760 return l;
2761 }
2762
2763 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be
2764 NULL, in which case it is a wild card. */
2765
2766 static void
2767 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2768 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2769 asection *section,
2770 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2771 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2772 void *output)
2773 {
2774 lang_statement_union_type *before;
2775 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2776
2777 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2778
2779 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2780 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2781 return;
2782
2783 before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2784
2785 /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2786 should follow the one we are about to add. If BEFORE
2787 is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2788 of the current list. */
2789
2790 if (before == NULL)
2791 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, sflag_info, os);
2792 else
2793 {
2794 lang_statement_list_type list;
2795 lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2796
2797 lang_list_init (&list);
2798 lang_add_section (&list, section, sflag_info, os);
2799
2800 /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2801 be NULL. */
2802 if (list.head != NULL)
2803 {
2804 ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2805
2806 for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2807 *pp != before;
2808 pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2809 ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2810
2811 list.head->header.next = *pp;
2812 *pp = list.head;
2813 }
2814 }
2815 }
2816
2817 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2818 are readonly. */
2819
2820 static void
2821 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2822 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2823 asection *section,
2824 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2825 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2826 void *output)
2827 {
2828 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2829
2830 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2831
2832 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2833 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2834 return;
2835
2836 if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2837 os->all_input_readonly = FALSE;
2838 }
2839
2840 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2841 added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened
2842 already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */
2843
2844 static lang_input_statement_type *
2845 lookup_name (const char *name)
2846 {
2847 lang_input_statement_type *search;
2848
2849 for (search = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head;
2850 search != NULL;
2851 search = (lang_input_statement_type *) search->next_real_file)
2852 {
2853 /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2854 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2855 via the search directory lookup mechanism. */
2856 const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2857
2858 if (filename != NULL
2859 && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2860 break;
2861 }
2862
2863 if (search == NULL)
2864 search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2865 default_target, FALSE);
2866
2867 /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2868 don't add this file. */
2869 if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2870 return search;
2871
2872 if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
2873 return NULL;
2874
2875 return search;
2876 }
2877
2878 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported. */
2879
2880 struct excluded_lib
2881 {
2882 char *name;
2883 struct excluded_lib *next;
2884 };
2885 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2886
2887 void
2888 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2889 {
2890 const char *p = list, *end;
2891
2892 while (*p != '\0')
2893 {
2894 struct excluded_lib *entry;
2895 end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2896 if (end == NULL)
2897 end = p + strlen (p);
2898 entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2899 entry->next = excluded_libs;
2900 entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2901 memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2902 entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2903 excluded_libs = entry;
2904 if (*end == '\0')
2905 break;
2906 p = end + 1;
2907 }
2908 }
2909
2910 static void
2911 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2912 {
2913 struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2914
2915 while (lib)
2916 {
2917 int len = strlen (lib->name);
2918 const char *filename = lbasename (abfd->filename);
2919
2920 if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2921 {
2922 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2923 return;
2924 }
2925
2926 if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
2927 && (filename[len] == '\0'
2928 || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
2929 && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
2930 {
2931 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2932 return;
2933 }
2934
2935 lib = lib->next;
2936 }
2937 }
2938
2939 /* Get the symbols for an input file. */
2940
2941 bfd_boolean
2942 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
2943 lang_statement_list_type *place)
2944 {
2945 char **matching;
2946
2947 if (entry->flags.loaded)
2948 return TRUE;
2949
2950 ldfile_open_file (entry);
2951
2952 /* Do not process further if the file was missing. */
2953 if (entry->flags.missing_file)
2954 return TRUE;
2955
2956 if (trace_files || verbose)
2957 info_msg ("%pI\n", entry);
2958
2959 if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
2960 && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
2961 {
2962 bfd_error_type err;
2963 struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
2964 extern FILE *yyin;
2965
2966 err = bfd_get_error ();
2967
2968 /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */
2969 if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
2970 return TRUE;
2971
2972 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
2973 {
2974 char **p;
2975
2976 einfo (_("%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E;"
2977 " matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
2978 for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
2979 einfo (" %s", *p);
2980 einfo ("%F\n");
2981 }
2982 else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
2983 || place == NULL)
2984 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2985
2986 bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
2987 entry->the_bfd = NULL;
2988
2989 /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */
2990 save_flags = input_flags;
2991 ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
2992
2993 push_stat_ptr (place);
2994 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
2995 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
2996 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
2997 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
2998 input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
2999 input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
3000
3001 ldfile_assumed_script = TRUE;
3002 parser_input = input_script;
3003 yyparse ();
3004 ldfile_assumed_script = FALSE;
3005
3006 /* missing_file is sticky. sysrooted will already have been
3007 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
3008 again. */
3009 save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
3010 input_flags = save_flags;
3011 pop_stat_ptr ();
3012 fclose (yyin);
3013 yyin = NULL;
3014 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3015
3016 return TRUE;
3017 }
3018
3019 if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
3020 return TRUE;
3021
3022 /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the
3023 add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
3024 add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
3025 which is used. */
3026 switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
3027 {
3028 default:
3029 break;
3030
3031 case bfd_object:
3032 if (!entry->flags.reload)
3033 ldlang_add_file (entry);
3034 break;
3035
3036 case bfd_archive:
3037 check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
3038
3039 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
3040 if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
3041 {
3042 bfd *member = NULL;
3043 bfd_boolean loaded = TRUE;
3044
3045 for (;;)
3046 {
3047 bfd *subsbfd;
3048 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
3049
3050 if (member == NULL)
3051 break;
3052
3053 if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
3054 {
3055 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: member %pB in archive is not an object\n"),
3056 entry->the_bfd, member);
3057 loaded = FALSE;
3058 }
3059
3060 subsbfd = member;
3061 if (!(*link_info.callbacks
3062 ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
3063 "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
3064 abort ();
3065
3066 /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
3067 substitute BFD for us. */
3068 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
3069 {
3070 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
3071 loaded = FALSE;
3072 }
3073 }
3074
3075 entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
3076 return loaded;
3077 }
3078 break;
3079 }
3080
3081 if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
3082 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3083 else
3084 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3085
3086 return entry->flags.loaded;
3087 }
3088
3089 /* Handle a wild statement. S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
3090 may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate
3091 lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
3092 expansion; they are added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is
3093 the output section. */
3094
3095 static void
3096 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
3097 const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3098 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
3099 {
3100 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3101
3102 if (s->handler_data[0]
3103 && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
3104 && !s->filenames_sorted)
3105 {
3106 lang_section_bst_type *tree;
3107
3108 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
3109
3110 tree = s->tree;
3111 if (tree)
3112 {
3113 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
3114 s->tree = NULL;
3115 }
3116 }
3117 else
3118 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
3119
3120 if (default_common_section == NULL)
3121 for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3122 if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
3123 {
3124 /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
3125 later get something which doesn't know where to put it. */
3126 default_common_section = output;
3127 break;
3128 }
3129 }
3130
3131 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target. */
3132
3133 static int
3134 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3135 {
3136 const char *sought = (const char *) data;
3137
3138 return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
3139 }
3140
3141 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well. */
3142
3143 static void
3144 stricpy (char *dest, char *src)
3145 {
3146 char c;
3147
3148 while ((c = *src++) != 0)
3149 *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
3150
3151 *dest = 0;
3152 }
3153
3154 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
3155 from haystack. */
3156
3157 static void
3158 strcut (char *haystack, char *needle)
3159 {
3160 haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
3161
3162 if (haystack)
3163 {
3164 char *src;
3165
3166 for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
3167 *haystack++ = *src++;
3168
3169 *haystack = 0;
3170 }
3171 }
3172
3173 /* Compare two target format name strings.
3174 Return a value indicating how "similar" they are. */
3175
3176 static int
3177 name_compare (char *first, char *second)
3178 {
3179 char *copy1;
3180 char *copy2;
3181 int result;
3182
3183 copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
3184 copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
3185
3186 /* Convert the names to lower case. */
3187 stricpy (copy1, first);
3188 stricpy (copy2, second);
3189
3190 /* Remove size and endian strings from the name. */
3191 strcut (copy1, "big");
3192 strcut (copy1, "little");
3193 strcut (copy2, "big");
3194 strcut (copy2, "little");
3195
3196 /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
3197 starting from the beginning. If both strings are
3198 the same then return 10 * their length. */
3199 for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
3200 if (copy1[result] == 0)
3201 {
3202 result *= 10;
3203 break;
3204 }
3205
3206 free (copy1);
3207 free (copy2);
3208
3209 return result;
3210 }
3211
3212 /* Set by closest_target_match() below. */
3213 static const bfd_target *winner;
3214
3215 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3216 requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3217 match to the original output target. */
3218
3219 static int
3220 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3221 {
3222 const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3223
3224 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3225 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3226 return 0;
3227
3228 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3229 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3230 return 0;
3231
3232 /* Must be the same flavour. */
3233 if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3234 return 0;
3235
3236 /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors. */
3237 if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3238 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3239 || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3240 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3241 return 0;
3242
3243 /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one. */
3244 if (winner == NULL)
3245 {
3246 winner = target;
3247 return 0;
3248 }
3249
3250 /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3251 Compare their names and choose the better one. */
3252 if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3253 > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3254 winner = target;
3255
3256 /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all. */
3257 return 0;
3258 }
3259
3260 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file. */
3261
3262 static char *
3263 get_first_input_target (void)
3264 {
3265 char *target = NULL;
3266
3267 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3268 {
3269 if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3270 && s->flags.real)
3271 {
3272 ldfile_open_file (s);
3273
3274 if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3275 && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3276 {
3277 target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3278
3279 if (target != NULL)
3280 break;
3281 }
3282 }
3283 }
3284
3285 return target;
3286 }
3287
3288 const char *
3289 lang_get_output_target (void)
3290 {
3291 const char *target;
3292
3293 /* Has the user told us which output format to use? */
3294 if (output_target != NULL)
3295 return output_target;
3296
3297 /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3298 the default? */
3299 if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3300 return current_target;
3301
3302 /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file? */
3303 target = get_first_input_target ();
3304 if (target != NULL)
3305 return target;
3306
3307 /* Failed - use the default output target. */
3308 return default_target;
3309 }
3310
3311 /* Open the output file. */
3312
3313 static void
3314 open_output (const char *name)
3315 {
3316 output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3317
3318 /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3319 line? */
3320 if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3321 {
3322 /* Get the chosen target. */
3323 const bfd_target *target
3324 = bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3325
3326 /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything. */
3327 if (target != NULL)
3328 {
3329 enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3330
3331 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3332 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3333 else
3334 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3335
3336 /* See if the target has the wrong endianness. This should
3337 not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3338 little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3339 this. */
3340 if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3341 {
3342 /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3343 an alternative with the correct endianness. */
3344 if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3345 && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3346 output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3347 else
3348 {
3349 /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3350 the default target, but which has the desired
3351 endian characteristic. */
3352 bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
3353 (void *) target);
3354
3355 /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3356 satisfy our requirements. */
3357 if (winner == NULL)
3358 einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3359 " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3360 else
3361 output_target = winner->name;
3362 }
3363 }
3364 }
3365 }
3366
3367 link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3368
3369 if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3370 {
3371 if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3372 einfo (_("%F%P: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3373
3374 einfo (_("%F%P: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3375 }
3376
3377 delete_output_file_on_failure = TRUE;
3378
3379 if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3380 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3381 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3382 ldfile_output_architecture,
3383 ldfile_output_machine))
3384 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3385
3386 link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3387 if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3388 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3389
3390 bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3391 }
3392
3393 static void
3394 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3395 {
3396 switch (statement->header.type)
3397 {
3398 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3399 ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3400 open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3401 ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3402 if (config.magic_demand_paged
3403 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3404 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3405 else
3406 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3407 if (config.text_read_only)
3408 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3409 else
3410 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3411 if (link_info.traditional_format)
3412 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3413 else
3414 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3415 break;
3416
3417 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3418 current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3419 break;
3420 default:
3421 break;
3422 }
3423 }
3424
3425 static void
3426 init_opb (void)
3427 {
3428 unsigned x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3429 ldfile_output_machine);
3430 opb_shift = 0;
3431 if (x > 1)
3432 while ((x & 1) == 0)
3433 {
3434 x >>= 1;
3435 ++opb_shift;
3436 }
3437 ASSERT (x == 1);
3438 }
3439
3440 /* Open all the input files. */
3441
3442 enum open_bfd_mode
3443 {
3444 OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3445 OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3446 OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3447 };
3448 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3449 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3450 #endif
3451
3452 static void
3453 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3454 {
3455 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3456 {
3457 switch (s->header.type)
3458 {
3459 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3460 open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3461 break;
3462 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3463 open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3464 break;
3465 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3466 /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols. */
3467 if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3468 && s->wild_statement.filename
3469 && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3470 && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3471 lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3472 open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3473 break;
3474 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3475 {
3476 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3477
3478 /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3479 until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3480 symbols. */
3481
3482 do
3483 {
3484 undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3485 open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3486 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3487 }
3488 while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail);
3489 }
3490 break;
3491 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3492 current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3493 break;
3494 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3495 if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3496 {
3497 lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3498 lang_statement_list_type add;
3499 bfd *abfd;
3500
3501 s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3502
3503 /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3504 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3505 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3506 has been loaded already. Do the same for a rescan.
3507 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs. */
3508 if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3509 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3510 && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3511 || plugin_insert == NULL)
3512 #endif
3513 && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3514 && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3515 && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3516 && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3517 || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3518 && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3519 && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3520 && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3521 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3522 {
3523 s->input_statement.flags.loaded = FALSE;
3524 s->input_statement.flags.reload = TRUE;
3525 }
3526
3527 os_tail = lang_output_section_statement.tail;
3528 lang_list_init (&add);
3529
3530 if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3531 config.make_executable = FALSE;
3532
3533 if (add.head != NULL)
3534 {
3535 /* If this was a script with output sections then
3536 tack any added statements on to the end of the
3537 list. This avoids having to reorder the output
3538 section statement list. Very likely the user
3539 forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3540 naive user expectations. */
3541 if (os_tail != lang_output_section_statement.tail)
3542 {
3543 einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3544 " did you forget -T?\n"),
3545 s->input_statement.filename);
3546 *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3547 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3548 }
3549 else
3550 {
3551 *add.tail = s->header.next;
3552 s->header.next = add.head;
3553 }
3554 }
3555 }
3556 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3557 /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3558 files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan. */
3559 if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3560 plugin_insert = NULL;
3561 #endif
3562 break;
3563 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3564 if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
3565 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3566 break;
3567 default:
3568 break;
3569 }
3570 }
3571
3572 /* Exit if any of the files were missing. */
3573 if (input_flags.missing_file)
3574 einfo ("%F");
3575 }
3576
3577 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3578 This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3579 the time the ld command line is processed. First we put the name
3580 on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3581 name to the symbol table. */
3582
3583 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3584
3585 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3586
3587 void
3588 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
3589 {
3590 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3591
3592 undef_from_cmdline = undef_from_cmdline || cmdline;
3593 new_undef = (ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3594 new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3595 ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3596
3597 new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3598
3599 if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3600 insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3601 }
3602
3603 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table. */
3604
3605 static void
3606 insert_undefined (const char *name)
3607 {
3608 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3609
3610 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
3611 if (h == NULL)
3612 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
3613 if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3614 {
3615 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
3616 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
3617 h->non_ir_ref_regular = TRUE;
3618 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
3619 ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->mark = 1;
3620 bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
3621 }
3622 }
3623
3624 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
3625 into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
3626 script file. */
3627
3628 static void
3629 lang_place_undefineds (void)
3630 {
3631 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
3632
3633 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3634 insert_undefined (ptr->name);
3635 }
3636
3637 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
3638 be defined. */
3639
3640 struct require_defined_symbol
3641 {
3642 const char *name;
3643 struct require_defined_symbol *next;
3644 };
3645
3646 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined. */
3647
3648 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
3649
3650 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
3651 defined. */
3652
3653 void
3654 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
3655 {
3656 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3657
3658 ldlang_add_undef (name, TRUE);
3659 ptr = (struct require_defined_symbol *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
3660 ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
3661 ptr->name = strdup (name);
3662 require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
3663 }
3664
3665 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
3666 raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined. */
3667
3668 static void
3669 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
3670 {
3671 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3672
3673 for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3674 {
3675 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3676
3677 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
3678 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
3679 if (h == NULL
3680 || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3681 && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
3682 einfo(_("%X%P: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
3683 }
3684 }
3685
3686 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections. */
3687
3688 static void
3689 check_input_sections
3690 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
3691 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3692 {
3693 for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->header.next)
3694 {
3695 switch (s->header.type)
3696 {
3697 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3698 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
3699 output_section_statement);
3700 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3701 return;
3702 break;
3703 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3704 check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
3705 output_section_statement);
3706 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3707 return;
3708 break;
3709 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3710 check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3711 output_section_statement);
3712 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3713 return;
3714 break;
3715 default:
3716 break;
3717 }
3718 }
3719 }
3720
3721 /* Update wildcard statements if needed. */
3722
3723 static void
3724 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
3725 {
3726 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3727
3728 switch (sort_section)
3729 {
3730 default:
3731 FAIL ();
3732
3733 case none:
3734 break;
3735
3736 case by_name:
3737 case by_alignment:
3738 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3739 {
3740 switch (s->header.type)
3741 {
3742 default:
3743 break;
3744
3745 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3746 for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
3747 sec = sec->next)
3748 /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections. */
3749 if (strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".init") != 0
3750 && strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".fini") != 0)
3751 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
3752 {
3753 case none:
3754 sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
3755 break;
3756 case by_name:
3757 if (sort_section == by_alignment)
3758 sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
3759 break;
3760 case by_alignment:
3761 if (sort_section == by_name)
3762 sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
3763 break;
3764 default:
3765 break;
3766 }
3767 break;
3768
3769 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3770 update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
3771 break;
3772
3773 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3774 update_wild_statements
3775 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
3776 break;
3777
3778 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3779 update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
3780 break;
3781 }
3782 }
3783 break;
3784 }
3785 }
3786
3787 /* Open input files and attach to output sections. */
3788
3789 static void
3790 map_input_to_output_sections
3791 (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
3792 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
3793 {
3794 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3795 {
3796 lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
3797 flagword flags;
3798
3799 switch (s->header.type)
3800 {
3801 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3802 wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
3803 break;
3804 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3805 map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
3806 target,
3807 os);
3808 break;
3809 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3810 tos = &s->output_section_statement;
3811 if (tos->constraint != 0)
3812 {
3813 if (tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RW
3814 && tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RO)
3815 break;
3816 tos->all_input_readonly = TRUE;
3817 check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
3818 if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
3819 {
3820 tos->constraint = -1;
3821 break;
3822 }
3823 }
3824 map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
3825 target,
3826 tos);
3827 break;
3828 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3829 break;
3830 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3831 target = s->target_statement.target;
3832 break;
3833 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3834 map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3835 target,
3836 os);
3837 break;
3838 case lang_data_statement_enum:
3839 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
3840 are initialized. */
3841 exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
3842 /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
3843 these may be overridden by the script. */
3844 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
3845 switch (os->sectype)
3846 {
3847 case normal_section:
3848 case overlay_section:
3849 break;
3850 case noalloc_section:
3851 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3852 break;
3853 case noload_section:
3854 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
3855 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
3856 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
3857 else
3858 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3859 break;
3860 }
3861 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
3862 init_os (os, flags);
3863 else
3864 os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
3865 break;
3866 case lang_input_section_enum:
3867 break;
3868 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
3869 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
3870 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
3871 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
3872 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3873 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3874 init_os (os, 0);
3875 break;
3876 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3877 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3878 init_os (os, 0);
3879
3880 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
3881 are initialized. */
3882 exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3883 break;
3884 case lang_address_statement_enum:
3885 /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
3886 If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
3887 directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
3888 processed the segment marker. Originally, the linker
3889 treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
3890 command-line) as section directives. We honor the
3891 section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
3892 linker scripts that do not specifically check for
3893 SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics. */
3894 if (!s->address_statement.segment
3895 || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
3896 {
3897 const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
3898
3899 /* Create the output section statement here so that
3900 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
3901 script sections. If we let the orphan placement code
3902 place them in amongst other sections then the address
3903 will affect following script sections, which is
3904 likely to surprise naive users. */
3905 tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, TRUE);
3906 tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
3907 if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
3908 init_os (tos, 0);
3909 }
3910 break;
3911 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
3912 break;
3913 }
3914 }
3915 }
3916
3917 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
3918 start of the list and places them after the output section
3919 statement specified by the insert. This operation is complicated
3920 by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
3921 statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements. */
3922
3923 static void
3924 process_insert_statements (void)
3925 {
3926 lang_statement_union_type **s;
3927 lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
3928 lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
3929 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3930
3931 /* "start of list" is actually the statement immediately after
3932 the special abs_section output statement, so that it isn't
3933 reordered. */
3934 s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
3935 while (*(s = &(*s)->header.next) != NULL)
3936 {
3937 if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
3938 {
3939 /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
3940 statement in the sequence we may be about to move. */
3941 os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
3942
3943 ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
3944 last_os = os;
3945
3946 /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
3947 won't match this output section statement. At this
3948 stage in linking constraint has values in the range
3949 [-1, ONLY_IN_RW]. */
3950 last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
3951 if (first_os == NULL)
3952 first_os = last_os;
3953 }
3954 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
3955 {
3956 lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
3957 lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
3958 lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
3959 lang_statement_union_type *first;
3960
3961 where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
3962 if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
3963 {
3964 do
3965 where = where->prev;
3966 while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
3967 }
3968 if (where == NULL)
3969 {
3970 einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
3971 return;
3972 }
3973
3974 /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list. */
3975 if (last_os != NULL)
3976 {
3977 asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
3978 struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
3979
3980 /* Snip out the output sections we are moving. */
3981 first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
3982 if (last_os->next == NULL)
3983 {
3984 next = &first_os->prev->next;
3985 lang_output_section_statement.tail
3986 = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3987 }
3988 else
3989 last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
3990 /* Add them in at the new position. */
3991 last_os->next = where->next;
3992 if (where->next == NULL)
3993 {
3994 next = &last_os->next;
3995 lang_output_section_statement.tail
3996 = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3997 }
3998 else
3999 where->next->prev = last_os;
4000 first_os->prev = where;
4001 where->next = first_os;
4002
4003 /* Move the bfd sections in the same way. */
4004 first_sec = NULL;
4005 last_sec = NULL;
4006 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4007 {
4008 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4009 if (os->bfd_section != NULL
4010 && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
4011 {
4012 last_sec = os->bfd_section;
4013 if (first_sec == NULL)
4014 first_sec = last_sec;
4015 }
4016 if (os == last_os)
4017 break;
4018 }
4019 if (last_sec != NULL)
4020 {
4021 asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
4022 if (sec == NULL)
4023 sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
4024
4025 /* The place we want to insert must come after the
4026 sections we are moving. So if we find no
4027 section or if the section is the same as our
4028 last section, then no move is needed. */
4029 if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
4030 {
4031 /* Trim them off. */
4032 if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
4033 first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
4034 else
4035 link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
4036 if (last_sec->next != NULL)
4037 last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
4038 else
4039 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
4040 /* Add back. */
4041 last_sec->next = sec->next;
4042 if (sec->next != NULL)
4043 sec->next->prev = last_sec;
4044 else
4045 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
4046 first_sec->prev = sec;
4047 sec->next = first_sec;
4048 }
4049 }
4050
4051 first_os = NULL;
4052 last_os = NULL;
4053 }
4054
4055 ptr = insert_os_after (where);
4056 /* Snip everything after the abs_section output statement we
4057 know is at the start of the list, up to and including
4058 the insert statement we are currently processing. */
4059 first = lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next;
4060 lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next = (*s)->header.next;
4061 /* Add them back where they belong. */
4062 *s = *ptr;
4063 if (*s == NULL)
4064 statement_list.tail = s;
4065 *ptr = first;
4066 s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
4067 }
4068 }
4069
4070 /* Undo constraint twiddling. */
4071 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4072 {
4073 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4074 if (os == last_os)
4075 break;
4076 }
4077 }
4078
4079 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
4080 added. For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
4081 sections if they turn out to be not needed. Clean them up here. */
4082
4083 void
4084 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
4085 {
4086 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4087
4088 /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done). */
4089 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4090 {
4091 expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
4092 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
4093 one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, FALSE);
4094 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
4095 }
4096
4097 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
4098 os != NULL;
4099 os = os->next)
4100 {
4101 asection *output_section;
4102 bfd_boolean exclude;
4103
4104 if (os->constraint < 0)
4105 continue;
4106
4107 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4108 if (output_section == NULL)
4109 continue;
4110
4111 exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
4112 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
4113 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
4114 output_section));
4115
4116 /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
4117 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash. These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4118 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
4119 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE. */
4120 if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
4121 {
4122 asection *s;
4123
4124 for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
4125 if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4126 && ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
4127 || link_info.emitrelocations))
4128 {
4129 exclude = FALSE;
4130 break;
4131 }
4132 }
4133
4134 if (exclude)
4135 {
4136 /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
4137 removed output section statement may still be used. */
4138 if (!os->update_dot)
4139 os->ignored = TRUE;
4140 output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
4141 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
4142 link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
4143 }
4144 }
4145 }
4146
4147 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
4148 asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite. */
4149
4150 void
4151 lang_clear_os_map (void)
4152 {
4153 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4154
4155 if (map_head_is_link_order)
4156 return;
4157
4158 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
4159 os != NULL;
4160 os = os->next)
4161 {
4162 asection *output_section;
4163
4164 if (os->constraint < 0)
4165 continue;
4166
4167 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4168 if (output_section == NULL)
4169 continue;
4170
4171 /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders. */
4172 output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
4173 output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
4174 }
4175
4176 /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
4177 and map_tail link_order fields. */
4178 map_head_is_link_order = TRUE;
4179 }
4180
4181 static void
4182 print_output_section_statement
4183 (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4184 {
4185 asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4186 int len;
4187
4188 if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
4189 {
4190 minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
4191
4192 if (section != NULL)
4193 {
4194 print_dot = section->vma;
4195
4196 len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
4197 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4198 {
4199 print_nl ();
4200 len = 0;
4201 }
4202 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4203 {
4204 print_space ();
4205 ++len;
4206 }
4207
4208 minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
4209
4210 if (section->vma != section->lma)
4211 minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4212
4213 if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4214 exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4215 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4216 }
4217
4218 print_nl ();
4219 }
4220
4221 print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4222 output_section_statement);
4223 }
4224
4225 static void
4226 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4227 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4228 {
4229 unsigned int i;
4230 bfd_boolean is_dot;
4231 etree_type *tree;
4232 asection *osec;
4233
4234 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4235 print_space ();
4236
4237 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4238 {
4239 is_dot = FALSE;
4240 tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4241 }
4242 else
4243 {
4244 const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4245
4246 is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4247 tree = assignment->exp;
4248 }
4249
4250 osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4251 if (osec == NULL)
4252 osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4253
4254 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4255 exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4256 else
4257 expld.result.valid_p = FALSE;
4258
4259 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4260 {
4261 bfd_vma value;
4262
4263 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4264 || is_dot
4265 || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4266 {
4267 value = expld.result.value;
4268
4269 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4270 value += expld.result.section->vma;
4271
4272 minfo ("0x%V", value);
4273 if (is_dot)
4274 print_dot = value;
4275 }
4276 else
4277 {
4278 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4279
4280 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4281 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4282 if (h != NULL
4283 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4284 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4285 {
4286 value = h->u.def.value;
4287 value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4288 value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4289
4290 minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4291 }
4292 else
4293 minfo ("[unresolved]");
4294 }
4295 }
4296 else
4297 {
4298 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4299 minfo ("[!provide]");
4300 else
4301 minfo ("*undef* ");
4302 #ifdef BFD64
4303 minfo (" ");
4304 #endif
4305 }
4306 expld.assign_name = NULL;
4307
4308 minfo (" ");
4309 exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4310 print_nl ();
4311 }
4312
4313 static void
4314 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4315 {
4316 if (statm->filename != NULL
4317 && (statm->the_bfd == NULL
4318 || (statm->the_bfd->flags & BFD_LINKER_CREATED) == 0))
4319 fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4320 }
4321
4322 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called
4323 via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols. */
4324
4325 static bfd_boolean
4326 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4327 {
4328 asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4329
4330 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4331 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4332 && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4333 {
4334 int i;
4335
4336 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4337 print_space ();
4338 minfo ("0x%V ",
4339 (hash_entry->u.def.value
4340 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4341 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4342
4343 minfo (" %pT\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4344 }
4345
4346 return TRUE;
4347 }
4348
4349 static int
4350 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4351 {
4352 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4353 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4354
4355 if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4356 return -1;
4357 else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4358 return 1;
4359 else
4360 return 0;
4361 }
4362
4363 static void
4364 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4365 {
4366 input_section_userdata_type *ud
4367 = (input_section_userdata_type *) get_userdata (sec);
4368 struct map_symbol_def *def;
4369 struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4370 unsigned int i;
4371
4372 if (!ud)
4373 return;
4374
4375 *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4376
4377 /* Sort the symbols by address. */
4378 entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4379 obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
4380 ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4381
4382 for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4383 entries[i] = def->entry;
4384
4385 qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4386 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4387
4388 /* Print the symbols. */
4389 for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4390 print_one_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4391
4392 obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4393 }
4394
4395 /* Print information about an input section to the map file. */
4396
4397 static void
4398 print_input_section (asection *i, bfd_boolean is_discarded)
4399 {
4400 bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4401 int len;
4402 bfd_vma addr;
4403
4404 init_opb ();
4405
4406 print_space ();
4407 minfo ("%s", i->name);
4408
4409 len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4410 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4411 {
4412 print_nl ();
4413 len = 0;
4414 }
4415 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4416 {
4417 print_space ();
4418 ++len;
4419 }
4420
4421 if (i->output_section != NULL
4422 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4423 addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4424 else
4425 {
4426 addr = print_dot;
4427 if (!is_discarded)
4428 size = 0;
4429 }
4430
4431 minfo ("0x%V %W %pB\n", addr, size, i->owner);
4432
4433 if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4434 {
4435 len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4436 #ifdef BFD64
4437 len += 16;
4438 #else
4439 len += 8;
4440 #endif
4441 while (len > 0)
4442 {
4443 print_space ();
4444 --len;
4445 }
4446
4447 minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), i->rawsize);
4448 }
4449
4450 if (i->output_section != NULL
4451 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4452 {
4453 if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4454 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, print_one_symbol, i);
4455 else
4456 print_all_symbols (i);
4457
4458 /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4459 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4460 later overlay is shorter than an earier one. */
4461 if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4462 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4463 }
4464 }
4465
4466 static void
4467 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4468 {
4469 size_t size;
4470 unsigned char *p;
4471 fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4472 for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4473 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4474 fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4475 }
4476
4477 static void
4478 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4479 {
4480 int i;
4481 bfd_vma addr;
4482 bfd_size_type size;
4483 const char *name;
4484
4485 init_opb ();
4486 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4487 print_space ();
4488
4489 addr = data->output_offset;
4490 if (data->output_section != NULL)
4491 addr += data->output_section->vma;
4492
4493 switch (data->type)
4494 {
4495 default:
4496 abort ();
4497 case BYTE:
4498 size = BYTE_SIZE;
4499 name = "BYTE";
4500 break;
4501 case SHORT:
4502 size = SHORT_SIZE;
4503 name = "SHORT";
4504 break;
4505 case LONG:
4506 size = LONG_SIZE;
4507 name = "LONG";
4508 break;
4509 case QUAD:
4510 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4511 name = "QUAD";
4512 break;
4513 case SQUAD:
4514 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4515 name = "SQUAD";
4516 break;
4517 }
4518
4519 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
4520 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
4521 minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
4522
4523 if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4524 {
4525 print_space ();
4526 exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4527 }
4528
4529 print_nl ();
4530
4531 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4532 }
4533
4534 /* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like
4535 -Ttext. */
4536
4537 static void
4538 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
4539 {
4540 minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
4541 exp_print_tree (address->address);
4542 print_nl ();
4543 }
4544
4545 /* Print a reloc statement. */
4546
4547 static void
4548 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
4549 {
4550 int i;
4551 bfd_vma addr;
4552 bfd_size_type size;
4553
4554 init_opb ();
4555 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4556 print_space ();
4557
4558 addr = reloc->output_offset;
4559 if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
4560 addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
4561
4562 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
4563
4564 minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
4565
4566 if (reloc->name != NULL)
4567 minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
4568 else
4569 minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
4570
4571 exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
4572
4573 print_nl ();
4574
4575 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4576 }
4577
4578 static void
4579 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
4580 {
4581 int len;
4582 bfd_vma addr;
4583
4584 init_opb ();
4585 minfo (" *fill*");
4586
4587 len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
4588 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4589 {
4590 print_space ();
4591 ++len;
4592 }
4593
4594 addr = s->output_offset;
4595 if (s->output_section != NULL)
4596 addr += s->output_section->vma;
4597 minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
4598
4599 if (s->fill->size != 0)
4600 {
4601 size_t size;
4602 unsigned char *p;
4603 for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4604 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4605 }
4606
4607 print_nl ();
4608
4609 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
4610 }
4611
4612 static void
4613 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
4614 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4615 {
4616 struct wildcard_list *sec;
4617
4618 print_space ();
4619
4620 if (w->exclude_name_list)
4621 {
4622 name_list *tmp;
4623 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
4624 for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4625 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4626 minfo (") ");
4627 }
4628
4629 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4630 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4631 if (w->filename != NULL)
4632 minfo ("%s", w->filename);
4633 else
4634 minfo ("*");
4635 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4636 minfo (")");
4637
4638 minfo ("(");
4639 for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
4640 {
4641 int closing_paren = 0;
4642
4643 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4644 {
4645 case none:
4646 break;
4647
4648 case by_name:
4649 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4650 closing_paren = 1;
4651 break;
4652
4653 case by_alignment:
4654 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4655 closing_paren = 1;
4656 break;
4657
4658 case by_name_alignment:
4659 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4660 closing_paren = 2;
4661 break;
4662
4663 case by_alignment_name:
4664 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
4665 closing_paren = 2;
4666 break;
4667
4668 case by_none:
4669 minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
4670 closing_paren = 1;
4671 break;
4672
4673 case by_init_priority:
4674 minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
4675 closing_paren = 1;
4676 break;
4677 }
4678
4679 if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
4680 {
4681 name_list *tmp;
4682 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
4683 for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4684 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4685 minfo (") ");
4686 }
4687 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
4688 minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
4689 else
4690 minfo ("*");
4691 for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
4692 minfo (")");
4693 if (sec->next)
4694 minfo (" ");
4695 }
4696 minfo (")");
4697
4698 print_nl ();
4699
4700 print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
4701 }
4702
4703 /* Print a group statement. */
4704
4705 static void
4706 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
4707 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4708 {
4709 fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
4710 print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
4711 fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
4712 }
4713
4714 /* Print the list of statements in S.
4715 This can be called for any statement type. */
4716
4717 static void
4718 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4719 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4720 {
4721 while (s != NULL)
4722 {
4723 print_statement (s, os);
4724 s = s->header.next;
4725 }
4726 }
4727
4728 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
4729 This can be called for any statement type. */
4730
4731 static void
4732 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4733 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4734 {
4735 switch (s->header.type)
4736 {
4737 default:
4738 fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
4739 FAIL ();
4740 break;
4741 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4742 if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
4743 {
4744 if (constructors_sorted)
4745 minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
4746 else
4747 minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
4748 print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
4749 }
4750 break;
4751 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4752 print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
4753 break;
4754 case lang_address_statement_enum:
4755 print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
4756 break;
4757 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4758 minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
4759 break;
4760 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4761 print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
4762 break;
4763 case lang_data_statement_enum:
4764 print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
4765 break;
4766 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4767 print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
4768 break;
4769 case lang_input_section_enum:
4770 print_input_section (s->input_section.section, FALSE);
4771 break;
4772 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4773 print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
4774 break;
4775 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4776 print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
4777 break;
4778 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4779 print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
4780 break;
4781 case lang_target_statement_enum:
4782 fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
4783 break;
4784 case lang_output_statement_enum:
4785 minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
4786 if (output_target != NULL)
4787 minfo (" %s", output_target);
4788 minfo (")\n");
4789 break;
4790 case lang_input_statement_enum:
4791 print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
4792 break;
4793 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4794 print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
4795 break;
4796 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4797 minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
4798 s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
4799 s->insert_statement.where);
4800 break;
4801 }
4802 }
4803
4804 static void
4805 print_statements (void)
4806 {
4807 print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
4808 }
4809
4810 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
4811 If N == 0, nothing is printed.
4812 If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
4813 Intended to be called from GDB. */
4814
4815 void
4816 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
4817 {
4818 FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
4819
4820 config.map_file = stderr;
4821
4822 if (n < 0)
4823 print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
4824 else
4825 {
4826 while (s && --n >= 0)
4827 {
4828 print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
4829 s = s->header.next;
4830 }
4831 }
4832
4833 config.map_file = map_save;
4834 }
4835
4836 static void
4837 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
4838 fill_type *fill,
4839 bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
4840 asection *output_section,
4841 bfd_vma dot)
4842 {
4843 static fill_type zero_fill;
4844 lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
4845
4846 if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
4847 pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
4848 ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
4849 if (pad != NULL
4850 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4851 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4852 {
4853 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4854 }
4855 else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
4856 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4857 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4858 {
4859 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4860 }
4861 else
4862 {
4863 /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain. */
4864 pad = (lang_statement_union_type *)
4865 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
4866 pad->header.next = *ptr;
4867 *ptr = pad;
4868 pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
4869 pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
4870 if (fill == NULL)
4871 fill = &zero_fill;
4872 pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
4873 }
4874 pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
4875 pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
4876 if (!(output_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
4877 output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
4878 - output_section->vma);
4879 }
4880
4881 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point. */
4882
4883 static bfd_vma
4884 size_input_section
4885 (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
4886 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
4887 fill_type *fill,
4888 bfd_vma dot)
4889 {
4890 lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
4891 asection *i = is->section;
4892 asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4893
4894 if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
4895 i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
4896 else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
4897 || output_section_statement->ignored)
4898 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4899 else
4900 {
4901 bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
4902
4903 /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
4904 then to the output section's requirement. If this alignment
4905 is greater than any seen before, then record it too. Perform
4906 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement. */
4907
4908 if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != NULL)
4909 i->alignment_power
4910 = exp_get_power (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment,
4911 "subsection alignment");
4912
4913 if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
4914 o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
4915
4916 alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
4917
4918 if (alignment_needed != 0)
4919 {
4920 insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
4921 dot += alignment_needed;
4922 }
4923
4924 /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes. */
4925 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4926
4927 /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now. */
4928 dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
4929 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
4930 o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
4931 }
4932
4933 return dot;
4934 }
4935
4936 struct check_sec
4937 {
4938 asection *sec;
4939 bfd_boolean warned;
4940 };
4941
4942 static int
4943 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4944 {
4945 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4946 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4947
4948 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4949 return -1;
4950 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4951 return 1;
4952 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4953 return -1;
4954 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4955 return 1;
4956
4957 return 0;
4958 }
4959
4960 static int
4961 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4962 {
4963 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4964 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4965
4966 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4967 return -1;
4968 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4969 return 1;
4970 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4971 return -1;
4972 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4973 return 1;
4974
4975 return 0;
4976 }
4977
4978 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4979 ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4980
4981 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
4982 ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
4983
4984 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
4985 sections. This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
4986 section addresses of the two sections. Also check whether any memory
4987 region has overflowed. */
4988
4989 static void
4990 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
4991 {
4992 asection *s, *p;
4993 struct check_sec *sections;
4994 size_t i, count;
4995 bfd_vma addr_mask;
4996 bfd_vma s_start;
4997 bfd_vma s_end;
4998 bfd_vma p_start = 0;
4999 bfd_vma p_end = 0;
5000 lang_memory_region_type *m;
5001 bfd_boolean overlays;
5002
5003 /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections. */
5004 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
5005 (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
5006 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
5007 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5008 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5009 {
5010 s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5011 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
5012 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
5013 s->name);
5014 else
5015 {
5016 s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5017 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
5018 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
5019 s->name);
5020 }
5021 }
5022
5023 if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
5024 return;
5025
5026 count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
5027 sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
5028
5029 /* Scan all sections in the output list. */
5030 count = 0;
5031 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5032 {
5033 if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
5034 || s->size == 0)
5035 continue;
5036
5037 sections[count].sec = s;
5038 sections[count].warned = FALSE;
5039 count++;
5040 }
5041
5042 if (count <= 1)
5043 {
5044 free (sections);
5045 return;
5046 }
5047
5048 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
5049
5050 /* First check section LMAs. There should be no overlap of LMAs on
5051 loadable sections, even with overlays. */
5052 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5053 {
5054 s = sections[i].sec;
5055 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
5056 {
5057 s_start = s->lma;
5058 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5059
5060 /* Look for an overlap. We have sorted sections by lma, so
5061 we know that s_start >= p_start. Besides the obvious
5062 case of overlap when the current section starts before
5063 the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
5064 previous section wraps around the address space. */
5065 if (p != NULL
5066 && (s_start <= p_end
5067 || p_end < p_start))
5068 {
5069 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
5070 " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5071 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5072 sections[i].warned = TRUE;
5073 }
5074 p = s;
5075 p_start = s_start;
5076 p_end = s_end;
5077 }
5078 }
5079
5080 /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
5081 exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
5082 overlays. Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
5083 this property. It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
5084 that fail this test, but it would be unusual. */
5085 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
5086 overlays = FALSE;
5087 p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
5088 for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
5089 {
5090 s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
5091 if (p_start == s_start)
5092 {
5093 overlays = TRUE;
5094 break;
5095 }
5096 p_start = s_start;
5097 }
5098
5099 /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected. */
5100 if (!overlays)
5101 {
5102 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5103 {
5104 s = sections[i].sec;
5105 s_start = s->vma;
5106 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5107
5108 if (p != NULL
5109 && !sections[i].warned
5110 && (s_start <= p_end
5111 || p_end < p_start))
5112 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
5113 " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5114 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5115 p = s;
5116 p_start = s_start;
5117 p_end = s_end;
5118 }
5119 }
5120
5121 free (sections);
5122
5123 /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
5124 We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
5125 explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
5126 diagnostics are adequate for that case.
5127
5128 FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
5129 might overflow a 32-bit integer. There is, alas, no way to print
5130 a bfd_vma quantity in decimal. */
5131 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
5132 if (m->had_full_message)
5133 {
5134 unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
5135 einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
5136 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
5137 over),
5138 m->name_list.name, over);
5139 }
5140 }
5141
5142 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. We explicitly permit the
5143 current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
5144 non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
5145 calculation wraps around. */
5146
5147 static void
5148 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
5149 lang_memory_region_type *region,
5150 etree_type *tree,
5151 bfd_vma rbase)
5152 {
5153 if ((region->current < region->origin
5154 || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
5155 && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
5156 || rbase == 0))
5157 {
5158 if (tree != NULL)
5159 {
5160 einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %pB section `%s'"
5161 " is not within region `%s'\n"),
5162 region->current,
5163 os->bfd_section->owner,
5164 os->bfd_section->name,
5165 region->name_list.name);
5166 }
5167 else if (!region->had_full_message)
5168 {
5169 region->had_full_message = TRUE;
5170
5171 einfo (_("%X%P: %pB section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
5172 os->bfd_section->owner,
5173 os->bfd_section->name,
5174 region->name_list.name);
5175 }
5176 }
5177 }
5178
5179 static void
5180 ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5181 seg_align_type *seg)
5182 {
5183 if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
5184 {
5185 if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
5186 seg->relro_start_stat = s;
5187 else
5188 {
5189 ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
5190 }
5191 }
5192 else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
5193 {
5194 if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
5195 seg->relro_end_stat = s;
5196 else
5197 {
5198 ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
5199 }
5200 }
5201 }
5202
5203 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */
5204
5205 static bfd_vma
5206 lang_size_sections_1
5207 (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
5208 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5209 fill_type *fill,
5210 bfd_vma dot,
5211 bfd_boolean *relax,
5212 bfd_boolean check_regions)
5213 {
5214 lang_statement_union_type *s;
5215
5216 /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts. */
5217 for (s = *prev; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5218 {
5219 switch (s->header.type)
5220 {
5221 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5222 {
5223 bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
5224 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5225 lang_memory_region_type *r;
5226 int section_alignment = 0;
5227
5228 os = &s->output_section_statement;
5229 if (os->constraint == -1)
5230 break;
5231
5232 /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
5233 here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
5234 This is covering for coff backend linker bugs. See PR6945. */
5235 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
5236 && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5237 && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5238 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5239 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
5240 if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
5241 {
5242 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
5243 exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5244
5245 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5246 {
5247 dot = expld.result.value;
5248 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5249 dot += expld.result.section->vma;
5250 }
5251 else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5252 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: non constant or forward reference"
5253 " address expression for section %s\n"),
5254 os->addr_tree, os->name);
5255 }
5256
5257 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
5258 /* This section was removed or never actually created. */
5259 break;
5260
5261 /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
5262 address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF
5263 specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
5264 to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */
5265 if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5266 == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
5267 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5268 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5269 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
5270 {
5271 asection *input;
5272
5273 if (os->children.head == NULL
5274 || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
5275 || (os->children.head->header.type
5276 != lang_input_section_enum))
5277 einfo (_("%X%P: internal error on COFF shared library"
5278 " section %s\n"), os->name);
5279
5280 input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
5281 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section->owner,
5282 os->bfd_section,
5283 bfd_section_vma (input->owner, input));
5284 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5285 os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
5286 break;
5287 }
5288
5289 newdot = dot;
5290 dotdelta = 0;
5291 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
5292 {
5293 /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero. */
5294 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
5295 }
5296 else
5297 {
5298 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
5299 {
5300 /* No address specified for this section, get one
5301 from the region specification. */
5302 if (os->region == NULL
5303 || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5304 && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
5305 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5306 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
5307 {
5308 os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
5309 }
5310
5311 /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
5312 region, and some non default memory regions were
5313 defined, issue an error message. */
5314 if (!os->ignored
5315 && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5316 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5317 && check_regions
5318 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5319 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
5320 && lang_memory_region_list != NULL
5321 && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
5322 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
5323 || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
5324 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5325 {
5326 /* By default this is an error rather than just a
5327 warning because if we allocate the section to the
5328 default memory region we can end up creating an
5329 excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
5330 attempting to perform a negative seek. See
5331 sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
5332 for an example of this. This behaviour can be
5333 overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
5334 switch. */
5335 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
5336 einfo (_("%F%P: error: no memory region specified"
5337 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5338 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5339 os->bfd_section));
5340 else
5341 einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
5342 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5343 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5344 os->bfd_section));
5345 }
5346
5347 newdot = os->region->current;
5348 section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
5349 }
5350 else
5351 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5352 "section alignment");
5353
5354 /* Align to what the section needs. */
5355 if (section_alignment > 0)
5356 {
5357 bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
5358 newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
5359
5360 dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
5361 if (dotdelta != 0
5362 && (config.warn_section_align
5363 || os->addr_tree != NULL)
5364 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5365 einfo (ngettext ("%P: warning: changing start of "
5366 "section %s by %lu byte\n",
5367 "%P: warning: changing start of "
5368 "section %s by %lu bytes\n",
5369 (unsigned long) dotdelta),
5370 os->name, (unsigned long) dotdelta);
5371 }
5372
5373 bfd_set_section_vma (0, os->bfd_section, newdot);
5374
5375 os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
5376 }
5377
5378 lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5379 os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5380
5381 os->processed_vma = TRUE;
5382
5383 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5384 /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5385 no output section should change from zero size
5386 after strip_excluded_output_sections. A non-zero
5387 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5388 input section was not sized early enough. */
5389 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5390 else
5391 {
5392 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5393
5394 /* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5395 align at the block boundary. */
5396 after = ((dot
5397 + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5398 + os->block_value - 1)
5399 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5400
5401 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5402 os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after
5403 - os->bfd_section->vma);
5404 }
5405
5406 /* Set section lma. */
5407 r = os->region;
5408 if (r == NULL)
5409 r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
5410
5411 if (os->load_base)
5412 {
5413 bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5414 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5415 }
5416 else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5417 {
5418 bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5419
5420 if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5421 lma += dotdelta;
5422 else
5423 {
5424 /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5425 as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5426 from the bfd section. If a different region, then
5427 only align according to the value in the output
5428 statement. */
5429 if (os->lma_region != os->region)
5430 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5431 "section alignment");
5432 if (section_alignment > 0)
5433 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5434 }
5435 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5436 }
5437 else if (r->last_os != NULL
5438 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5439 {
5440 bfd_vma lma;
5441 asection *last;
5442
5443 last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5444
5445 /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5446 an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5447 os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5448 create overlapping LMAs. */
5449 if (dot < last->vma
5450 && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5451 && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
5452 {
5453 /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5454 vma. This is the old default lma, which might
5455 just happen to work when the backwards move is
5456 sufficiently large. Nag if this changes anything,
5457 so people can fix their linker scripts. */
5458
5459 if (last->vma != last->lma)
5460 einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
5461 "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
5462 }
5463 else
5464 {
5465 /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5466 at the end of the previous section. */
5467 if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5468 lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
5469
5470 /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
5471 as the previous section. */
5472 else
5473 lma = dot + last->lma - last->vma;
5474
5475 if (section_alignment > 0)
5476 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5477 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5478 }
5479 }
5480 os->processed_lma = TRUE;
5481
5482 /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
5483 lma region. We use this to set the lma for
5484 following sections. Overlays or other linker
5485 script assignment to lma might mean that the
5486 default lma == vma is incorrect.
5487 To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
5488 -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
5489 of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
5490 Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
5491 track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
5492 but the lma is set differently to the vma. This is
5493 important, if an orphan section is placed after an
5494 otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
5495 set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma. */
5496 if (!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5497 && (os->bfd_section->size != 0
5498 || (r->last_os == NULL
5499 && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
5500 || (r->last_os != NULL
5501 && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
5502 .bfd_section->vma)))
5503 && os->lma_region == NULL
5504 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5505 r->last_os = s;
5506
5507 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5508 break;
5509
5510 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5511 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5512 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5513 dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5514 else
5515 dotdelta = 0;
5516 dot += dotdelta;
5517
5518 if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
5519 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5520
5521 /* Update dot in the region ?
5522 We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
5523 since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
5524 overall size in memory. */
5525 if (os->region != NULL
5526 && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
5527 {
5528 os->region->current = dot;
5529
5530 if (check_regions)
5531 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. */
5532 os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
5533 os->bfd_section->vma);
5534
5535 if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
5536 && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
5537 || os->align_lma_with_input))
5538 {
5539 os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
5540
5541 if (check_regions)
5542 os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
5543 os->bfd_section->lma);
5544 }
5545 }
5546 }
5547 break;
5548
5549 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5550 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
5551 output_section_statement,
5552 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5553 break;
5554
5555 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5556 {
5557 unsigned int size = 0;
5558
5559 s->data_statement.output_offset =
5560 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5561 s->data_statement.output_section =
5562 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5563
5564 /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
5565 need to mark them as needed. */
5566 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5567
5568 switch (s->data_statement.type)
5569 {
5570 default:
5571 abort ();
5572 case QUAD:
5573 case SQUAD:
5574 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5575 break;
5576 case LONG:
5577 size = LONG_SIZE;
5578 break;
5579 case SHORT:
5580 size = SHORT_SIZE;
5581 break;
5582 case BYTE:
5583 size = BYTE_SIZE;
5584 break;
5585 }
5586 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5587 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5588 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5589 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5590 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5591 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5592 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5593
5594 }
5595 break;
5596
5597 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5598 {
5599 int size;
5600
5601 s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
5602 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5603 s->reloc_statement.output_section =
5604 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5605 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
5606 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5607 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5608 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5609 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5610 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5611 }
5612 break;
5613
5614 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5615 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
5616 output_section_statement,
5617 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5618 break;
5619
5620 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5621 link_info.create_object_symbols_section
5622 = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5623 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5624 break;
5625
5626 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5627 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5628 break;
5629
5630 case lang_input_section_enum:
5631 {
5632 asection *i;
5633
5634 i = s->input_section.section;
5635 if (relax)
5636 {
5637 bfd_boolean again;
5638
5639 if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
5640 einfo (_("%F%P: can't relax section: %E\n"));
5641 if (again)
5642 *relax = TRUE;
5643 }
5644 dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
5645 fill, dot);
5646 }
5647 break;
5648
5649 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5650 break;
5651
5652 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5653 s->fill_statement.output_section =
5654 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5655
5656 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5657 break;
5658
5659 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5660 {
5661 bfd_vma newdot = dot;
5662 etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
5663
5664 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5665
5666 exp_fold_tree (tree,
5667 output_section_statement->bfd_section,
5668 &newdot);
5669
5670 ldlang_check_relro_region (s, &expld.dataseg);
5671
5672 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5673
5674 /* This symbol may be relative to this section. */
5675 if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
5676 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
5677 && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
5678 || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
5679 output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
5680
5681 if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
5682 {
5683 if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
5684 {
5685 /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
5686 the default memory address. */
5687 lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
5688 FALSE)->current = newdot;
5689 }
5690 else if (newdot != dot)
5691 {
5692 /* Insert a pad after this statement. We can't
5693 put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
5694 assignment references dot. */
5695 insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
5696 output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
5697
5698 /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing. */
5699 s = s->header.next;
5700
5701 /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
5702 should have space allocated to it, unless the
5703 user has explicitly stated that the section
5704 should not be allocated. */
5705 if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
5706 && (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
5707 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5708 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
5709 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
5710 }
5711 dot = newdot;
5712 }
5713 }
5714 break;
5715
5716 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5717 /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
5718 we won't have any padding statements. If this is the
5719 second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
5720 padding to shrink. If padding is needed on this pass, it
5721 will be added back in. */
5722 s->padding_statement.size = 0;
5723
5724 /* Make sure output_offset is valid. If relaxation shrinks
5725 the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
5726 have output_offset larger than the final size of the
5727 section. bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
5728 a pad size of zero. */
5729 s->padding_statement.output_offset
5730 = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5731 break;
5732
5733 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5734 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
5735 output_section_statement,
5736 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5737 break;
5738
5739 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5740 break;
5741
5742 /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on. */
5743 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5744 break;
5745
5746 default:
5747 FAIL ();
5748 break;
5749 }
5750 prev = &s->header.next;
5751 }
5752 return dot;
5753 }
5754
5755 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
5756 The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
5757 CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
5758 segments. We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision. */
5759
5760 bfd_boolean
5761 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5762 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5763 asection *current_section,
5764 asection *previous_section,
5765 bfd_boolean new_segment)
5766 {
5767 lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
5768 lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
5769
5770 /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
5771 that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment. */
5772 if (new_segment)
5773 return TRUE;
5774
5775 /* Paranoia checks. */
5776 if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
5777 return new_segment;
5778
5779 /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
5780 sections comingled in the same segment. */
5781 if (config.separate_code
5782 && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
5783 return TRUE;
5784
5785 /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
5786 We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
5787 of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
5788 we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster. */
5789 cur = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
5790 prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
5791
5792 /* More paranoia. */
5793 if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
5794 return new_segment;
5795
5796 /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
5797 different segments. See the email thread starting at the following
5798 URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
5799 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html */
5800 return cur->region != prev->region;
5801 }
5802
5803 void
5804 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5805 {
5806 lang_statement_iteration++;
5807 lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
5808 0, 0, relax, check_regions);
5809 }
5810
5811 static bfd_boolean
5812 lang_size_segment (seg_align_type *seg)
5813 {
5814 /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
5815 a page could be saved in the data segment. */
5816 bfd_vma first, last;
5817
5818 first = -seg->base & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5819 last = seg->end & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5820 if (first && last
5821 && ((seg->base & ~(seg->pagesize - 1))
5822 != (seg->end & ~(seg->pagesize - 1)))
5823 && first + last <= seg->pagesize)
5824 {
5825 seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
5826 return TRUE;
5827 }
5828
5829 seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
5830 return FALSE;
5831 }
5832
5833 static bfd_vma
5834 lang_size_relro_segment_1 (seg_align_type *seg)
5835 {
5836 bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
5837 asection *sec;
5838
5839 /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end. */
5840 relro_end = ((seg->relro_end + seg->pagesize - 1)
5841 & ~(seg->pagesize - 1));
5842
5843 /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. */
5844 desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
5845
5846 /* For sections in the relro segment.. */
5847 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
5848 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
5849 && sec->vma >= seg->base
5850 && sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
5851 {
5852 /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
5853 desired? */
5854 bfd_vma start, end, bump;
5855
5856 end = start = sec->vma;
5857 if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
5858 end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
5859 bump = desired_end - end;
5860 /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
5861 alignment so the increase might be less than optimum. */
5862 start += bump;
5863 start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
5864 /* This is now the desired end for the previous section. */
5865 desired_end = start;
5866 }
5867
5868 seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
5869 ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
5870 seg->base = desired_end;
5871 return relro_end;
5872 }
5873
5874 static bfd_boolean
5875 lang_size_relro_segment (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5876 {
5877 bfd_boolean do_reset = FALSE;
5878 bfd_boolean do_data_relro;
5879 bfd_vma data_initial_base, data_relro_end;
5880
5881 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5882 {
5883 do_data_relro = TRUE;
5884 data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
5885 data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 (&expld.dataseg);
5886 }
5887 else
5888 {
5889 do_data_relro = FALSE;
5890 data_initial_base = data_relro_end = 0;
5891 }
5892
5893 if (do_data_relro)
5894 {
5895 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5896 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5897
5898 /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
5899 script have increased padding over the original. Revert. */
5900 if (do_data_relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
5901 {
5902 expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;;
5903 do_reset = TRUE;
5904 }
5905 }
5906
5907 if (!do_data_relro && lang_size_segment (&expld.dataseg))
5908 do_reset = TRUE;
5909
5910 return do_reset;
5911 }
5912
5913 void
5914 lang_size_sections (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5915 {
5916 expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
5917 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
5918
5919 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5920
5921 if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
5922 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
5923
5924 if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
5925 {
5926 bfd_boolean do_reset
5927 = lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
5928
5929 if (do_reset)
5930 {
5931 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5932 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5933 }
5934
5935 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5936 {
5937 link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
5938 link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
5939 }
5940 }
5941 }
5942
5943 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
5944 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
5945 static bfd_boolean prefer_next_section;
5946
5947 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments. Recursiveness goes here. */
5948
5949 static bfd_vma
5950 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5951 lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
5952 fill_type *fill,
5953 bfd_vma dot,
5954 bfd_boolean *found_end)
5955 {
5956 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5957 {
5958 switch (s->header.type)
5959 {
5960 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5961 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
5962 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5963 break;
5964
5965 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5966 {
5967 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5968 bfd_vma newdot;
5969
5970 os = &(s->output_section_statement);
5971 os->after_end = *found_end;
5972 if (os->bfd_section != NULL && !os->ignored)
5973 {
5974 if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5975 {
5976 current_section = os;
5977 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
5978 }
5979 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5980 }
5981 newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
5982 os, os->fill, dot, found_end);
5983 if (!os->ignored)
5984 {
5985 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
5986 {
5987 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5988 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5989 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5990 dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5991
5992 if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
5993 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree,
5994 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5995 }
5996 else
5997 dot = newdot;
5998 }
5999 }
6000 break;
6001
6002 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6003
6004 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
6005 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6006 break;
6007
6008 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
6009 case lang_output_statement_enum:
6010 case lang_target_statement_enum:
6011 break;
6012
6013 case lang_data_statement_enum:
6014 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6015 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6016 {
6017 s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
6018 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
6019 s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
6020 }
6021 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6022 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
6023 {
6024 unsigned int size;
6025 switch (s->data_statement.type)
6026 {
6027 default:
6028 abort ();
6029 case QUAD:
6030 case SQUAD:
6031 size = QUAD_SIZE;
6032 break;
6033 case LONG:
6034 size = LONG_SIZE;
6035 break;
6036 case SHORT:
6037 size = SHORT_SIZE;
6038 break;
6039 case BYTE:
6040 size = BYTE_SIZE;
6041 break;
6042 }
6043 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
6044 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
6045 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6046 }
6047 break;
6048
6049 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
6050 exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
6051 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6052 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6053 s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
6054 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6055 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
6056 dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
6057 break;
6058
6059 case lang_input_section_enum:
6060 {
6061 asection *in = s->input_section.section;
6062
6063 if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
6064 dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
6065 }
6066 break;
6067
6068 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6069 break;
6070
6071 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6072 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6073 break;
6074
6075 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6076 current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
6077 if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
6078 {
6079 const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
6080
6081 if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
6082 prefer_next_section = TRUE;
6083
6084 while (*p == '_')
6085 ++p;
6086 if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
6087 *found_end = TRUE;
6088 }
6089 exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
6090 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
6091 ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
6092 &dot);
6093 break;
6094
6095 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6096 dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
6097 break;
6098
6099 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6100 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6101 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6102 break;
6103
6104 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6105 break;
6106
6107 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6108 break;
6109
6110 default:
6111 FAIL ();
6112 break;
6113 }
6114 }
6115 return dot;
6116 }
6117
6118 void
6119 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
6120 {
6121 bfd_boolean found_end = FALSE;
6122
6123 current_section = NULL;
6124 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
6125 expld.phase = phase;
6126 lang_statement_iteration++;
6127 lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
6128 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
6129 }
6130
6131 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
6132 choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
6133 of "dot". */
6134
6135 asection *
6136 section_for_dot (void)
6137 {
6138 asection *s;
6139
6140 /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
6141 has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
6142 assignments belong to the next output section. (The assumption
6143 is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
6144 next output section.) Except that past the assignment to "_end"
6145 we always associate with the previous section. This exception is
6146 for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
6147 weirdness after non-alloc sections. */
6148 if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
6149 {
6150 lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
6151 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6152
6153 for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
6154 stmt != NULL;
6155 stmt = stmt->header.next)
6156 if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
6157 break;
6158
6159 os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
6160 while (os != NULL
6161 && !os->after_end
6162 && (os->bfd_section == NULL
6163 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6164 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
6165 os->bfd_section)))
6166 os = os->next;
6167
6168 if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
6169 {
6170 if (os != NULL)
6171 s = os->bfd_section;
6172 else
6173 s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
6174 while (s != NULL
6175 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6176 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6177 s = s->prev;
6178 if (s != NULL)
6179 return s;
6180
6181 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6182 }
6183 }
6184
6185 s = current_section->bfd_section;
6186
6187 /* The section may have been stripped. */
6188 while (s != NULL
6189 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6190 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6191 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
6192 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
6193 s = s->prev;
6194 if (s == NULL)
6195 s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
6196 while (s != NULL
6197 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6198 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6199 s = s->next;
6200 if (s != NULL)
6201 return s;
6202
6203 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6204 }
6205
6206 /* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols. */
6207
6208 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
6209 static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
6210 static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
6211
6212 /* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
6213 to start_stop_syms. */
6214
6215 static void
6216 lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
6217 {
6218 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6219
6220 h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
6221 if (h != NULL)
6222 {
6223 if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
6224 {
6225 start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
6226 start_stop_syms
6227 = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
6228 start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
6229 }
6230 start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
6231 }
6232 }
6233
6234 /* Check for input sections whose names match references to
6235 __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6236 preliminary definitions. */
6237
6238 static void
6239 lang_init_start_stop (void)
6240 {
6241 bfd *abfd;
6242 asection *s;
6243 char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
6244
6245 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
6246 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6247 {
6248 const char *ps;
6249 const char *secname = s->name;
6250
6251 for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
6252 if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
6253 break;
6254 if (*ps == '\0')
6255 {
6256 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6257
6258 symbol[0] = leading_char;
6259 sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
6260 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6261
6262 symbol[1] = leading_char;
6263 memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
6264 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6265
6266 free (symbol);
6267 }
6268 }
6269 }
6270
6271 /* Iterate over start_stop_syms. */
6272
6273 static void
6274 foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
6275 {
6276 size_t i;
6277
6278 for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
6279 func (start_stop_syms[i]);
6280 }
6281
6282 /* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
6283 linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
6284 map to an output section of the same name. The symbols were
6285 defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
6286 sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule. */
6287
6288 static void
6289 undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6290 {
6291 if (h->ldscript_def)
6292 return;
6293
6294 if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
6295 || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
6296 || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
6297 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
6298 {
6299 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd,
6300 h->u.def.section->name);
6301 if (sec != NULL)
6302 {
6303 /* When there are more than one input sections with the same
6304 section name, SECNAME, linker picks the first one to define
6305 __start_SECNAME and __stop_SECNAME symbols. When the first
6306 input section is removed by comdat group, we need to check
6307 if there is still an output section with section name
6308 SECNAME. */
6309 asection *i;
6310 for (i = sec->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s)
6311 if (strcmp (h->u.def.section->name, i->name) == 0)
6312 {
6313 h->u.def.section = i;
6314 return;
6315 }
6316 }
6317 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
6318 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
6319 }
6320 }
6321
6322 static void
6323 lang_undef_start_stop (void)
6324 {
6325 foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
6326 }
6327
6328 /* Check for output sections whose names match references to
6329 .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6330 preliminary definitions. */
6331
6332 static void
6333 lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
6334 {
6335 asection *s;
6336
6337 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6338 {
6339 const char *secname = s->name;
6340 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6341
6342 sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
6343 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6344
6345 memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
6346 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6347 free (symbol);
6348 }
6349 }
6350
6351 /* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values. */
6352
6353 static void
6354 set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6355 {
6356 if (h->ldscript_def
6357 || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
6358 return;
6359
6360 if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
6361 {
6362 /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
6363 .startof. already has final value. */
6364 if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
6365 {
6366 /* .sizeof. */
6367 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6368 h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6369 }
6370 }
6371 else
6372 {
6373 /* __start or __stop symbol. */
6374 int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
6375
6376 h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
6377 if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
6378 {
6379 /* __stop_ */
6380 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6381 }
6382 }
6383 }
6384
6385 static void
6386 lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
6387 {
6388 foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
6389 }
6390
6391 static void
6392 lang_end (void)
6393 {
6394 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6395 bfd_boolean warn;
6396
6397 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
6398 || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
6399 warn = entry_from_cmdline;
6400 else
6401 warn = TRUE;
6402
6403 /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
6404 --gc-sections, unless --gc-keep-exported was also given. */
6405 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6406 && link_info.gc_sections
6407 && !link_info.gc_keep_exported
6408 && !(entry_from_cmdline || undef_from_cmdline))
6409 einfo (_("%F%P: gc-sections requires either an entry or "
6410 "an undefined symbol\n"));
6411
6412 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
6413 {
6414 /* No entry has been specified. Look for the default entry, but
6415 don't warn if we don't find it. */
6416 entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
6417 warn = FALSE;
6418 }
6419
6420 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
6421 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
6422 if (h != NULL
6423 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6424 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6425 && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
6426 {
6427 bfd_vma val;
6428
6429 val = (h->u.def.value
6430 + bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd,
6431 h->u.def.section->output_section)
6432 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
6433 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6434 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
6435 }
6436 else
6437 {
6438 bfd_vma val;
6439 const char *send;
6440
6441 /* We couldn't find the entry symbol. Try parsing it as a
6442 number. */
6443 val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
6444 if (*send == '\0')
6445 {
6446 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6447 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6448 }
6449 else
6450 {
6451 asection *ts;
6452
6453 /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number. Use
6454 the first address in the text section. */
6455 ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
6456 if (ts != NULL)
6457 {
6458 if (warn)
6459 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6460 " defaulting to %V\n"),
6461 entry_symbol.name,
6462 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts));
6463 if (!(bfd_set_start_address
6464 (link_info.output_bfd,
6465 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts))))
6466 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6467 }
6468 else
6469 {
6470 if (warn)
6471 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6472 " not setting start address\n"),
6473 entry_symbol.name);
6474 }
6475 }
6476 }
6477 }
6478
6479 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
6480 BFD. */
6481
6482 static void
6483 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6484 va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6485 {
6486 /* Don't do anything. */
6487 }
6488
6489 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
6490 with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any
6491 other checking that is needed. */
6492
6493 static void
6494 lang_check (void)
6495 {
6496 lang_statement_union_type *file;
6497 bfd *input_bfd;
6498 const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
6499
6500 for (file = file_chain.head; file != NULL; file = file->input_statement.next)
6501 {
6502 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6503 /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin. */
6504 if (file->input_statement.flags.claimed)
6505 continue;
6506 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6507 input_bfd = file->input_statement.the_bfd;
6508 compatible
6509 = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
6510 command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
6511
6512 /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
6513 link between differing object formats when the input
6514 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
6515 input format may not have equivalent representations in
6516 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
6517 relocs for other link purposes than a final link). */
6518 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6519 || link_info.emitrelocations)
6520 && (compatible == NULL
6521 || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
6522 != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
6523 && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
6524 {
6525 einfo (_("%F%P: relocatable linking with relocations from"
6526 " format %s (%pB) to format %s (%pB) is not supported\n"),
6527 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6528 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
6529 /* einfo with %F exits. */
6530 }
6531
6532 if (compatible == NULL)
6533 {
6534 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6535 einfo (_("%X%P: %s architecture of input file `%pB'"
6536 " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
6537 bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6538 bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
6539 }
6540 else if (bfd_count_sections (input_bfd))
6541 {
6542 /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
6543 private data of the output bfd. */
6544
6545 bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
6546
6547 /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
6548 files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
6549 function which will do nothing. We still want to call
6550 bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
6551 information which is needed in the output file. */
6552 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6553 pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
6554 if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
6555 {
6556 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6557 einfo (_("%X%P: failed to merge target specific data"
6558 " of file %pB\n"), input_bfd);
6559 }
6560 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6561 bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
6562 }
6563 }
6564 }
6565
6566 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
6567 correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used
6568 to roughly sort the entries by alignment. */
6569
6570 static void
6571 lang_common (void)
6572 {
6573 if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
6574 return;
6575 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6576 && !command_line.force_common_definition)
6577 return;
6578
6579 if (!config.sort_common)
6580 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
6581 else
6582 {
6583 unsigned int power;
6584
6585 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
6586 {
6587 for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
6588 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6589
6590 power = 0;
6591 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6592 }
6593 else
6594 {
6595 for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
6596 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6597
6598 power = (unsigned int) -1;
6599 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6600 }
6601 }
6602 }
6603
6604 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */
6605
6606 static bfd_boolean
6607 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
6608 {
6609 unsigned int power_of_two;
6610 bfd_vma size;
6611 asection *section;
6612
6613 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
6614 return TRUE;
6615
6616 size = h->u.c.size;
6617 power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
6618
6619 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
6620 && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
6621 return TRUE;
6622 else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
6623 && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
6624 return TRUE;
6625
6626 section = h->u.c.p->section;
6627 if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
6628 einfo (_("%F%P: could not define common symbol `%pT': %E\n"),
6629 h->root.string);
6630
6631 if (config.map_file != NULL)
6632 {
6633 static bfd_boolean header_printed;
6634 int len;
6635 char *name;
6636 char buf[50];
6637
6638 if (!header_printed)
6639 {
6640 minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
6641 minfo (_("Common symbol size file\n\n"));
6642 header_printed = TRUE;
6643 }
6644
6645 name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
6646 DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
6647 if (name == NULL)
6648 {
6649 minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
6650 len = strlen (h->root.string);
6651 }
6652 else
6653 {
6654 minfo ("%s", name);
6655 len = strlen (name);
6656 free (name);
6657 }
6658
6659 if (len >= 19)
6660 {
6661 print_nl ();
6662 len = 0;
6663 }
6664 while (len < 20)
6665 {
6666 print_space ();
6667 ++len;
6668 }
6669
6670 minfo ("0x");
6671 if (size <= 0xffffffff)
6672 sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
6673 else
6674 sprintf_vma (buf, size);
6675 minfo ("%s", buf);
6676 len = strlen (buf);
6677
6678 while (len < 16)
6679 {
6680 print_space ();
6681 ++len;
6682 }
6683
6684 minfo ("%pB\n", section->owner);
6685 }
6686
6687 return TRUE;
6688 }
6689
6690 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
6691 output section. The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
6692 option are handled here. */
6693
6694 static void
6695 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
6696 {
6697 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
6698 {
6699 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6700 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0,
6701 TRUE);
6702 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6703 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6704 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6705 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6706 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6707 }
6708 else
6709 {
6710 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6711 const char *name = s->name;
6712 int constraint = 0;
6713
6714 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
6715 einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%pA' from `%pB'\n"),
6716 s, s->owner);
6717
6718 if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
6719 constraint = SPECIAL;
6720
6721 os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
6722 if (os == NULL)
6723 {
6724 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, TRUE);
6725 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6726 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6727 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6728 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6729 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6730 }
6731
6732 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
6733 einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%pA' from `%pB' being "
6734 "placed in section `%s'\n"),
6735 s, s->owner, os->name);
6736 }
6737 }
6738
6739 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
6740 somewhere to go. If one is found without a destination then create
6741 an input request and place it into the statement tree. */
6742
6743 static void
6744 lang_place_orphans (void)
6745 {
6746 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
6747 {
6748 asection *s;
6749
6750 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6751 {
6752 if (s->output_section == NULL)
6753 {
6754 /* This section of the file is not attached, root
6755 around for a sensible place for it to go. */
6756
6757 if (file->flags.just_syms)
6758 bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
6759 else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
6760 s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6761 else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
6762 {
6763 /* This is a lonely common section which must have
6764 come from an archive. We attach to the section
6765 with the wildcard. */
6766 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6767 || command_line.force_common_definition)
6768 {
6769 if (default_common_section == NULL)
6770 default_common_section
6771 = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0,
6772 TRUE);
6773 lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
6774 NULL, default_common_section);
6775 }
6776 }
6777 else
6778 ldlang_place_orphan (s);
6779 }
6780 }
6781 }
6782 }
6783
6784 void
6785 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
6786 {
6787 flagword *ptr_flags;
6788
6789 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6790
6791 while (*flags)
6792 {
6793 switch (*flags)
6794 {
6795 /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
6796 the sense of any of the attributes that follow. */
6797 case '!':
6798 invert = !invert;
6799 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6800 break;
6801
6802 case 'A': case 'a':
6803 *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6804 break;
6805
6806 case 'R': case 'r':
6807 *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
6808 break;
6809
6810 case 'W': case 'w':
6811 *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
6812 break;
6813
6814 case 'X': case 'x':
6815 *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
6816 break;
6817
6818 case 'L': case 'l':
6819 case 'I': case 'i':
6820 *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
6821 break;
6822
6823 default:
6824 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
6825 *flags, *flags);
6826 break;
6827 }
6828 flags++;
6829 }
6830 }
6831
6832 /* Call a function on each input file. This function will be called
6833 on an archive, but not on the elements. */
6834
6835 void
6836 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6837 {
6838 lang_input_statement_type *f;
6839
6840 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
6841 f != NULL;
6842 f = &f->next_real_file->input_statement)
6843 func (f);
6844 }
6845
6846 /* Call a function on each file. The function will be called on all
6847 the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but will
6848 not be called on the archive file itself. */
6849
6850 void
6851 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6852 {
6853 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6854 {
6855 func (f);
6856 }
6857 }
6858
6859 void
6860 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
6861 {
6862 lang_statement_append (&file_chain,
6863 (lang_statement_union_type *) entry,
6864 &entry->next);
6865
6866 /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
6867 a link. */
6868 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
6869 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
6870
6871 *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
6872 link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
6873 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
6874 bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
6875
6876 /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
6877 included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can
6878 notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
6879 definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
6880 going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
6881 symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
6882 discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for
6883 each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do
6884 this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */
6885
6886 bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
6887 }
6888
6889 void
6890 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
6891 {
6892 /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */
6893 if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
6894 {
6895 output_filename = name;
6896 had_output_filename = TRUE;
6897 }
6898 }
6899
6900 lang_output_section_statement_type *
6901 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
6902 etree_type *address_exp,
6903 enum section_type sectype,
6904 etree_type *align,
6905 etree_type *subalign,
6906 etree_type *ebase,
6907 int constraint,
6908 int align_with_input)
6909 {
6910 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6911
6912 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
6913 constraint, TRUE);
6914 current_section = os;
6915
6916 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
6917 {
6918 os->addr_tree = address_exp;
6919 }
6920 os->sectype = sectype;
6921 if (sectype != noload_section)
6922 os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
6923 else
6924 os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
6925 os->block_value = 1;
6926
6927 /* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */
6928 push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
6929
6930 os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
6931 if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
6932 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
6933 NULL);
6934
6935 os->subsection_alignment = subalign;
6936 os->section_alignment = align;
6937
6938 os->load_base = ebase;
6939 return os;
6940 }
6941
6942 void
6943 lang_final (void)
6944 {
6945 lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
6946
6947 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
6948 new_stmt->name = output_filename;
6949 }
6950
6951 /* Reset the current counters in the regions. */
6952
6953 void
6954 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
6955 {
6956 lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
6957 asection *o;
6958 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6959
6960 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
6961 {
6962 p->current = p->origin;
6963 p->last_os = NULL;
6964 }
6965
6966 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
6967 os != NULL;
6968 os = os->next)
6969 {
6970 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
6971 os->processed_lma = FALSE;
6972 }
6973
6974 for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
6975 {
6976 /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section. */
6977 o->rawsize = o->size;
6978 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
6979 o->size = 0;
6980 }
6981 }
6982
6983 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1. */
6984
6985 static void
6986 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
6987 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6988 asection *section,
6989 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6990 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6991 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6992 {
6993 /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
6994 should be as well. */
6995 if (ptr->keep_sections)
6996 section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
6997 }
6998
6999 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC. */
7000
7001 static void
7002 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
7003 {
7004 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7005 {
7006 switch (s->header.type)
7007 {
7008 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7009 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
7010 break;
7011 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7012 lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
7013 break;
7014 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7015 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
7016 break;
7017 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7018 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
7019 break;
7020 default:
7021 break;
7022 }
7023 }
7024 }
7025
7026 static void
7027 lang_gc_sections (void)
7028 {
7029 /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script. */
7030 lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
7031
7032 /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
7033 the special case of debug info. (See bfd/stabs.c)
7034 Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code. */
7035 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7036 {
7037 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7038 {
7039 asection *sec;
7040 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7041 if (f->flags.claimed)
7042 continue;
7043 #endif
7044 for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
7045 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
7046 sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
7047 }
7048 }
7049
7050 if (link_info.gc_sections)
7051 bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7052 }
7053
7054 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1. */
7055
7056 static void
7057 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7058 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7059 asection *section,
7060 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7061 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7062 void *data)
7063 {
7064 /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
7065 size. */
7066 if (section->output_section != NULL
7067 && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
7068 && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
7069 && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
7070 && section->size != 0)
7071 {
7072 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section = (bfd_boolean *) data;
7073 *has_relro_section = TRUE;
7074 }
7075 }
7076
7077 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections. */
7078
7079 static void
7080 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
7081 seg_align_type *seg,
7082 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section)
7083 {
7084 if (*has_relro_section)
7085 return;
7086
7087 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7088 {
7089 if (s == seg->relro_end_stat)
7090 break;
7091
7092 switch (s->header.type)
7093 {
7094 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7095 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
7096 find_relro_section_callback,
7097 has_relro_section);
7098 break;
7099 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7100 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
7101 seg, has_relro_section);
7102 break;
7103 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7104 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
7105 seg, has_relro_section);
7106 break;
7107 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7108 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
7109 seg, has_relro_section);
7110 break;
7111 default:
7112 break;
7113 }
7114 }
7115 }
7116
7117 static void
7118 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
7119 {
7120 bfd_boolean has_relro_section = FALSE;
7121
7122 /* Check all sections in the link script. */
7123
7124 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
7125 &expld.dataseg, &has_relro_section);
7126
7127 if (!has_relro_section)
7128 link_info.relro = FALSE;
7129 }
7130
7131 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7132
7133 void
7134 lang_relax_sections (bfd_boolean need_layout)
7135 {
7136 if (RELAXATION_ENABLED)
7137 {
7138 /* We may need more than one relaxation pass. */
7139 int i = link_info.relax_pass;
7140
7141 /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass. */
7142 link_info.relax_pass = 0;
7143
7144 while (i--)
7145 {
7146 /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7147 bfd_boolean relax_again;
7148
7149 link_info.relax_trip = -1;
7150 do
7151 {
7152 link_info.relax_trip++;
7153
7154 /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also. If you find
7155 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
7156 pe-dll.c also. DJ */
7157
7158 /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
7159 section sizes. */
7160 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7161
7162 /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
7163 size. */
7164 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7165
7166 /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
7167 globals are, so can make a better guess. */
7168 relax_again = FALSE;
7169 lang_size_sections (&relax_again, FALSE);
7170 }
7171 while (relax_again);
7172
7173 link_info.relax_pass++;
7174 }
7175 need_layout = TRUE;
7176 }
7177
7178 if (need_layout)
7179 {
7180 /* Final extra sizing to report errors. */
7181 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7182 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7183 lang_size_sections (NULL, TRUE);
7184 }
7185 }
7186
7187 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7188 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files. We
7189 place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
7190 first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
7191 object file immediately preceding the archive. In the event
7192 no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
7193 object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
7194 the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
7195 is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
7196 input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
7197 inserted at the head of the file_chain. */
7198
7199 static lang_input_statement_type *
7200 find_replacements_insert_point (void)
7201 {
7202 lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
7203 lastobject = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
7204 for (claim1 = &file_chain.head->input_statement;
7205 claim1 != NULL;
7206 claim1 = &claim1->next->input_statement)
7207 {
7208 if (claim1->flags.claimed)
7209 return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
7210 /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file. */
7211 if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7212 lastobject = claim1;
7213 }
7214 /* No files were claimed by the plugin. Choose the last object
7215 file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
7216 insert point. */
7217 return lastobject;
7218 }
7219
7220 /* Find where to insert ADD, an archive element or shared library
7221 added during a rescan. */
7222
7223 static lang_statement_union_type **
7224 find_rescan_insertion (lang_input_statement_type *add)
7225 {
7226 bfd *add_bfd = add->the_bfd;
7227 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7228 lang_input_statement_type *last_loaded = NULL;
7229 lang_input_statement_type *before = NULL;
7230 lang_statement_union_type **iter = NULL;
7231
7232 if (add_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
7233 add_bfd = add_bfd->my_archive;
7234
7235 /* First look through the input file chain, to find an object file
7236 before the one we've rescanned. Normal object files always
7237 appear on both the input file chain and the file chain, so this
7238 lets us get quickly to somewhere near the correct place on the
7239 file chain if it is full of archive elements. Archives don't
7240 appear on the file chain, but if an element has been extracted
7241 then their input_statement->next points at it. */
7242 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
7243 f != NULL;
7244 f = &f->next_real_file->input_statement)
7245 {
7246 if (f->the_bfd == add_bfd)
7247 {
7248 before = last_loaded;
7249 if (f->next != NULL)
7250 return &f->next->input_statement.next;
7251 }
7252 if (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->next != NULL)
7253 last_loaded = f;
7254 }
7255
7256 for (iter = before ? &before->next : &file_chain.head->input_statement.next;
7257 *iter != NULL;
7258 iter = &(*iter)->input_statement.next)
7259 if (!(*iter)->input_statement.flags.claim_archive
7260 && (*iter)->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7261 break;
7262
7263 return iter;
7264 }
7265
7266 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
7267 on FIELD as the next-pointer. (Counterintuitively does not need
7268 a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.) */
7269
7270 static void
7271 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7272 lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
7273 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7274 {
7275 *(srclist->tail) = *field;
7276 *field = srclist->head;
7277 if (destlist->tail == field)
7278 destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
7279 }
7280
7281 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
7282 was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST. */
7283
7284 static void
7285 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7286 lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
7287 {
7288 union lang_statement_union **savetail;
7289 /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST. */
7290 ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
7291 savetail = origlist->tail;
7292 origlist->head = *(savetail);
7293 origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
7294 destlist->tail = savetail;
7295 *savetail = NULL;
7296 }
7297 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7298
7299 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points. */
7300
7301 void
7302 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
7303 {
7304 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7305
7306 if (name == NULL)
7307 return;
7308
7309 sym = (struct bfd_sym_chain *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
7310
7311 sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
7312 sym->name = name;
7313 link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
7314 }
7315
7316 /* Check relocations. */
7317
7318 static void
7319 lang_check_relocs (void)
7320 {
7321 if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
7322 {
7323 bfd *abfd;
7324
7325 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
7326 abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
7327 if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
7328 {
7329 /* No object output, fail return. */
7330 config.make_executable = FALSE;
7331 /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
7332 continue the scan in case there are other
7333 bad relocations to report. */
7334 }
7335 }
7336 }
7337
7338 /* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
7339 propagate forward the lma region. */
7340
7341 static void
7342 lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
7343 {
7344 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7345
7346 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7347 os != NULL;
7348 os = os->next)
7349 {
7350 if (os->prev != NULL
7351 && os->lma_region == NULL
7352 && os->load_base == NULL
7353 && os->addr_tree == NULL
7354 && os->region == os->prev->region)
7355 os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
7356 }
7357 }
7358
7359 void
7360 lang_process (void)
7361 {
7362 /* Finalize dynamic list. */
7363 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
7364 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
7365
7366 current_target = default_target;
7367
7368 /* Open the output file. */
7369 lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
7370 init_opb ();
7371
7372 ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
7373
7374 /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line. */
7375 lang_place_undefineds ();
7376
7377 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
7378 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
7379
7380 /* Create a bfd for each input file. */
7381 current_target = default_target;
7382 lang_statement_iteration++;
7383 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7384 /* open_input_bfds also handles assignments, so we can give values
7385 to symbolic origin/length now. */
7386 lang_do_memory_regions ();
7387
7388 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7389 if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
7390 {
7391 lang_statement_list_type added;
7392 lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
7393
7394 /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
7395 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
7396 emulation's after_open hook. We create a private list of
7397 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
7398 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
7399 file. */
7400 added = *stat_ptr;
7401 /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony. */
7402 files = file_chain;
7403 inputfiles = input_file_chain;
7404 if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
7405 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
7406 plugin_error_plugin ());
7407 /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains. */
7408 open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7409 /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added. */
7410 lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
7411 /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists. */
7412 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7413 lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
7414 /* Were any new files added? */
7415 if (added.head != NULL)
7416 {
7417 /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
7418 after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin. */
7419 plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point ();
7420 /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
7421 don't really have a good idea where to place them. Just putting
7422 them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
7423 outside the crtbegin...crtend range. */
7424 ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
7425 /* Splice the new statement list into the old one. */
7426 lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added,
7427 &plugin_insert->header.next);
7428 /* Likewise for the file chains. */
7429 lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
7430 &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
7431 /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
7432 insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
7433 point chosen is the dummy first input file. */
7434 if (plugin_insert->filename)
7435 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &plugin_insert->next);
7436 else
7437 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
7438
7439 /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared. */
7440 files = file_chain;
7441 lang_statement_iteration++;
7442 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
7443 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7444 while (files.head != NULL)
7445 {
7446 lang_statement_union_type **insert;
7447 lang_statement_union_type **iter, *temp;
7448 bfd *my_arch;
7449
7450 insert = find_rescan_insertion (&files.head->input_statement);
7451 /* All elements from an archive can be added at once. */
7452 iter = &files.head->input_statement.next;
7453 my_arch = files.head->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive;
7454 if (my_arch != NULL)
7455 for (; *iter != NULL; iter = &(*iter)->input_statement.next)
7456 if ((*iter)->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive != my_arch)
7457 break;
7458 temp = *insert;
7459 *insert = files.head;
7460 files.head = *iter;
7461 *iter = temp;
7462 if (my_arch != NULL)
7463 {
7464 lang_input_statement_type *parent = my_arch->usrdata;
7465 if (parent != NULL)
7466 parent->next = (lang_statement_union_type *)
7467 ((char *) iter
7468 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next));
7469 }
7470 }
7471 }
7472 }
7473 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7474
7475 /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
7476 before now. */
7477 ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
7478
7479 link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
7480
7481 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
7482 {
7483 link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
7484
7485 /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
7486 linker script or the -e command line option. But if neither of
7487 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
7488 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
7489 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
7490 is called, long after this function has finished. So detect this
7491 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
7492 points for garbage collection resolution. */
7493 lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
7494 }
7495
7496 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
7497 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
7498
7499 ldemul_after_open ();
7500 if (config.map_file != NULL)
7501 lang_print_asneeded ();
7502
7503 bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
7504
7505 /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this
7506 after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
7507 other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
7508 does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
7509 link. */
7510 lang_check ();
7511
7512 /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so. */
7513 if (command_line.version_exports_section)
7514 lang_do_version_exports_section ();
7515
7516 /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
7517 files. */
7518 ldctor_build_sets ();
7519
7520 /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that ELF
7521 gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols. Must
7522 be done before lang_do_assignments below. */
7523 if (config.build_constructors)
7524 lang_init_start_stop ();
7525
7526 /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
7527 collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved. */
7528 lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
7529 expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
7530
7531 /* Size up the common data. */
7532 lang_common ();
7533
7534 /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to. */
7535 lang_gc_sections ();
7536
7537 /* Check relocations. */
7538 lang_check_relocs ();
7539
7540 ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
7541
7542 /* Update wild statements. */
7543 update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
7544
7545 /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
7546 to the correct output sections. */
7547 lang_statement_iteration++;
7548 map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
7549
7550 process_insert_statements ();
7551
7552 /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them. */
7553 lang_place_orphans ();
7554
7555 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7556 {
7557 asection *found;
7558
7559 /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections. This has to be done after GC of
7560 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
7561 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
7562 is hard then. */
7563 bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7564
7565 /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it. */
7566 found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
7567
7568 if (found != NULL)
7569 {
7570 if (config.text_read_only)
7571 found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
7572 else
7573 found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
7574 }
7575 }
7576
7577 /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region. */
7578 lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
7579
7580 /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
7581 around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
7582 defined when they should not be. Fix them now. */
7583 if (config.build_constructors)
7584 lang_undef_start_stop ();
7585
7586 /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
7587 dynamic symbols are created. */
7588 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7589 lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
7590
7591 /* Do anything special before sizing sections. This is where ELF
7592 and other back-ends size dynamic sections. */
7593 ldemul_before_allocation ();
7594
7595 /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
7596 section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */
7597 lang_record_phdrs ();
7598
7599 /* Check relro sections. */
7600 if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7601 lang_find_relro_sections ();
7602
7603 /* Size up the sections. */
7604 lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
7605
7606 /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
7607 everything is. This is where relaxation is done. */
7608 ldemul_after_allocation ();
7609
7610 /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */
7611 lang_finalize_start_stop ();
7612
7613 /* Do all the assignments again, to report errors. Assignment
7614 statements are processed multiple times, updating symbols; In
7615 open_input_bfds, lang_do_assignments, and lang_size_sections.
7616 Since lang_relax_sections calls lang_do_assignments, symbols are
7617 also updated in ldemul_after_allocation. */
7618 lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
7619
7620 ldemul_finish ();
7621
7622 /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative. */
7623 ldexp_finalize_syms ();
7624
7625 /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense. */
7626 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
7627 lang_check_section_addresses ();
7628
7629 /* Check any required symbols are known. */
7630 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
7631
7632 lang_end ();
7633 }
7634
7635 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
7636
7637 void
7638 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
7639 struct wildcard_list *section_list,
7640 bfd_boolean keep_sections)
7641 {
7642 struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
7643 lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
7644
7645 /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front. */
7646 for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
7647 curr != NULL;
7648 section_list = curr, curr = next)
7649 {
7650 next = curr->next;
7651 curr->next = section_list;
7652 }
7653
7654 if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
7655 {
7656 if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
7657 filespec->name = NULL;
7658 else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
7659 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
7660 }
7661
7662 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
7663 new_stmt->filename = NULL;
7664 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = FALSE;
7665 new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
7666 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
7667 if (filespec != NULL)
7668 {
7669 new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
7670 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
7671 new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
7672 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
7673 }
7674 new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
7675 new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
7676 lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
7677 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
7678 }
7679
7680 void
7681 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
7682 const segment_type *segment)
7683 {
7684 lang_address_statement_type *ad;
7685
7686 ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
7687 ad->section_name = name;
7688 ad->address = address;
7689 ad->segment = segment;
7690 }
7691
7692 /* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
7693 because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
7694 called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take
7695 precedence. */
7696
7697 void
7698 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
7699 {
7700 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
7701 || cmdline
7702 || !entry_from_cmdline)
7703 {
7704 entry_symbol.name = name;
7705 entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
7706 }
7707 }
7708
7709 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME. .em files should use this,
7710 not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
7711 linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point. NAME
7712 must be permanently allocated. */
7713 void
7714 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
7715 {
7716 entry_symbol_default = name;
7717 }
7718
7719 void
7720 lang_add_target (const char *name)
7721 {
7722 lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
7723
7724 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
7725 new_stmt->target = name;
7726 }
7727
7728 void
7729 lang_add_map (const char *name)
7730 {
7731 while (*name)
7732 {
7733 switch (*name)
7734 {
7735 case 'F':
7736 map_option_f = TRUE;
7737 break;
7738 }
7739 name++;
7740 }
7741 }
7742
7743 void
7744 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
7745 {
7746 lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
7747
7748 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
7749 new_stmt->fill = fill;
7750 }
7751
7752 void
7753 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
7754 {
7755 lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
7756
7757 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
7758 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7759 new_stmt->type = type;
7760 }
7761
7762 /* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
7763 generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
7764 look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the
7765 section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
7766 symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and
7767 NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */
7768
7769 void
7770 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
7771 reloc_howto_type *howto,
7772 asection *section,
7773 const char *name,
7774 union etree_union *addend)
7775 {
7776 lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
7777
7778 p->reloc = reloc;
7779 p->howto = howto;
7780 p->section = section;
7781 p->name = name;
7782 p->addend_exp = addend;
7783
7784 p->addend_value = 0;
7785 p->output_section = NULL;
7786 p->output_offset = 0;
7787 }
7788
7789 lang_assignment_statement_type *
7790 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
7791 {
7792 lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
7793
7794 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
7795 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7796 return new_stmt;
7797 }
7798
7799 void
7800 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
7801 {
7802 new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
7803 }
7804
7805 void
7806 lang_startup (const char *name)
7807 {
7808 if (first_file->filename != NULL)
7809 {
7810 einfo (_("%F%P: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
7811 }
7812 first_file->filename = name;
7813 first_file->local_sym_name = name;
7814 first_file->flags.real = TRUE;
7815 }
7816
7817 void
7818 lang_float (bfd_boolean maybe)
7819 {
7820 lang_float_flag = maybe;
7821 }
7822
7823
7824 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
7825 store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
7826
7827 MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
7828 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
7829 LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
7830 statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
7831 had an explicit load address.
7832
7833 It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address. */
7834
7835 static void
7836 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
7837 lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
7838 const char *memspec,
7839 const char *lma_memspec,
7840 bfd_boolean have_lma,
7841 bfd_boolean have_vma)
7842 {
7843 *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, FALSE);
7844
7845 /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
7846 has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
7847 as well. */
7848 if (lma_memspec != NULL
7849 && !have_vma
7850 && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
7851 *region = *lma_region;
7852 else
7853 *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, FALSE);
7854
7855 if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
7856 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
7857 NULL);
7858 }
7859
7860 void
7861 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
7862 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
7863 const char *lma_memspec)
7864 {
7865 lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
7866 &current_section->lma_region,
7867 memspec, lma_memspec,
7868 current_section->load_base != NULL,
7869 current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
7870
7871 current_section->fill = fill;
7872 current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
7873 pop_stat_ptr ();
7874 }
7875
7876 void
7877 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
7878 lang_statement_union_type *element,
7879 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7880 {
7881 *(list->tail) = element;
7882 list->tail = field;
7883 }
7884
7885 /* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */
7886
7887 void
7888 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
7889 const char *big,
7890 const char *little,
7891 int from_script)
7892 {
7893 if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
7894 {
7895 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
7896 && big != NULL)
7897 format = big;
7898 else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
7899 && little != NULL)
7900 format = little;
7901
7902 output_target = format;
7903 }
7904 }
7905
7906 void
7907 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
7908 {
7909 lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
7910
7911 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
7912 new_stmt->where = where;
7913 new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
7914 saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
7915 }
7916
7917 /* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
7918 stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */
7919
7920 void
7921 lang_enter_group (void)
7922 {
7923 lang_group_statement_type *g;
7924
7925 g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
7926 lang_list_init (&g->children);
7927 push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
7928 }
7929
7930 /* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
7931 regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if
7932 groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
7933 but currently they can't. */
7934
7935 void
7936 lang_leave_group (void)
7937 {
7938 pop_stat_ptr ();
7939 }
7940
7941 /* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
7942 command in a linker script. */
7943
7944 void
7945 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
7946 etree_type *type,
7947 bfd_boolean filehdr,
7948 bfd_boolean phdrs,
7949 etree_type *at,
7950 etree_type *flags)
7951 {
7952 struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
7953 bfd_boolean hdrs;
7954
7955 n = (struct lang_phdr *) stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
7956 n->next = NULL;
7957 n->name = name;
7958 n->type = exp_get_vma (type, 0, "program header type");
7959 n->filehdr = filehdr;
7960 n->phdrs = phdrs;
7961 n->at = at;
7962 n->flags = flags;
7963
7964 hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
7965
7966 for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
7967 if (hdrs
7968 && (*pp)->type == 1
7969 && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
7970 {
7971 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
7972 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
7973 hdrs = FALSE;
7974 }
7975
7976 *pp = n;
7977 }
7978
7979 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We
7980 should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */
7981
7982 static void
7983 lang_record_phdrs (void)
7984 {
7985 unsigned int alc;
7986 asection **secs;
7987 lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
7988 struct lang_phdr *l;
7989 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7990
7991 alc = 10;
7992 secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
7993 last = NULL;
7994
7995 for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7996 {
7997 unsigned int c;
7998 flagword flags;
7999 bfd_vma at;
8000
8001 c = 0;
8002 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
8003 os != NULL;
8004 os = os->next)
8005 {
8006 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8007
8008 if (os->constraint < 0)
8009 continue;
8010
8011 pl = os->phdrs;
8012 if (pl != NULL)
8013 last = pl;
8014 else
8015 {
8016 if (os->sectype == noload_section
8017 || os->bfd_section == NULL
8018 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8019 continue;
8020
8021 /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header. */
8022 if (l->type == 3)
8023 continue;
8024
8025 if (last == NULL)
8026 {
8027 lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
8028
8029 /* If we have not run across a section with a program
8030 header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
8031 one. This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
8032 behaviour when a script has specified just a single
8033 header and there are sections in that script which are
8034 not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
8035 use of that header. See here for more details:
8036 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html */
8037 for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
8038 if (tmp_os->phdrs)
8039 {
8040 last = tmp_os->phdrs;
8041 break;
8042 }
8043 if (last == NULL)
8044 einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
8045 }
8046 pl = last;
8047 }
8048
8049 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
8050 continue;
8051
8052 for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
8053 {
8054 if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
8055 {
8056 if (c >= alc)
8057 {
8058 alc *= 2;
8059 secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
8060 alc * sizeof (asection *));
8061 }
8062 secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
8063 ++c;
8064 pl->used = TRUE;
8065 }
8066 }
8067 }
8068
8069 if (l->flags == NULL)
8070 flags = 0;
8071 else
8072 flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
8073
8074 if (l->at == NULL)
8075 at = 0;
8076 else
8077 at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
8078
8079 if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
8080 l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
8081 at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
8082 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
8083 }
8084
8085 free (secs);
8086
8087 /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */
8088 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
8089 os != NULL;
8090 os = os->next)
8091 {
8092 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8093
8094 if (os->constraint < 0
8095 || os->bfd_section == NULL)
8096 continue;
8097
8098 for (pl = os->phdrs;
8099 pl != NULL;
8100 pl = pl->next)
8101 if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
8102 einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
8103 os->name, pl->name);
8104 }
8105 }
8106
8107 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */
8108
8109 void
8110 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8111 {
8112 struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
8113
8114 n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8115 n->next = nocrossref_list;
8116 n->list = l;
8117 n->onlyfirst = FALSE;
8118 nocrossref_list = n;
8119
8120 /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */
8121 link_info.notice_all = TRUE;
8122 }
8123
8124 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections. */
8125
8126 void
8127 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8128 {
8129 lang_add_nocrossref (l);
8130 nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = TRUE;
8131 }
8132 \f
8133 /* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */
8134
8135 /* The overlay virtual address. */
8136 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
8137 /* And subsection alignment. */
8138 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
8139
8140 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */
8141 static etree_type *overlay_max;
8142
8143 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */
8144
8145 struct overlay_list {
8146 struct overlay_list *next;
8147 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8148 };
8149
8150 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
8151
8152 /* Start handling an overlay. */
8153
8154 void
8155 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
8156 {
8157 /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */
8158 ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
8159 && overlay_subalign == NULL
8160 && overlay_max == NULL);
8161
8162 overlay_vma = vma_expr;
8163 overlay_subalign = subalign;
8164 }
8165
8166 /* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling
8167 lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
8168 lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions. */
8169
8170 void
8171 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
8172 {
8173 struct overlay_list *n;
8174 etree_type *size;
8175
8176 lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
8177 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
8178
8179 /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
8180 sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
8181 used in the addresses. */
8182 if (overlay_list == NULL)
8183 overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
8184
8185 /* Remember the section. */
8186 n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8187 n->os = current_section;
8188 n->next = overlay_list;
8189 overlay_list = n;
8190
8191 size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
8192
8193 /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */
8194 if (overlay_max == NULL)
8195 overlay_max = size;
8196 else
8197 overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
8198 }
8199
8200 /* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do
8201 here. */
8202
8203 void
8204 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
8205 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
8206 {
8207 const char *name;
8208 char *clean, *s2;
8209 const char *s1;
8210 char *buf;
8211
8212 name = current_section->name;
8213
8214 /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
8215 region and that no load-time region has been specified. It doesn't
8216 really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
8217 override it. */
8218 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
8219
8220 /* Define the magic symbols. */
8221
8222 clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
8223 s2 = clean;
8224 for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
8225 if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
8226 *s2++ = *s1;
8227 *s2 = '\0';
8228
8229 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
8230 sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
8231 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8232 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8233 FALSE));
8234
8235 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
8236 sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
8237 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8238 exp_binop ('+',
8239 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8240 exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
8241 FALSE));
8242
8243 free (clean);
8244 }
8245
8246 /* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this
8247 looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */
8248
8249 void
8250 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
8251 int nocrossrefs,
8252 fill_type *fill,
8253 const char *memspec,
8254 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8255 const char *lma_memspec)
8256 {
8257 lang_memory_region_type *region;
8258 lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
8259 struct overlay_list *l;
8260 lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
8261
8262 lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
8263 memspec, lma_memspec,
8264 lma_expr != NULL, FALSE);
8265
8266 nocrossref = NULL;
8267
8268 /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
8269 overlay region. */
8270 if (overlay_list != NULL)
8271 {
8272 overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
8273 overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
8274 = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), FALSE);
8275 }
8276
8277 l = overlay_list;
8278 while (l != NULL)
8279 {
8280 struct overlay_list *next;
8281
8282 if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
8283 l->os->fill = fill;
8284
8285 l->os->region = region;
8286 l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
8287
8288 /* The first section has the load address specified in the
8289 OVERLAY statement. The rest are worked out from that.
8290 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
8291 an LMA region was specified. */
8292 if (l->next == 0)
8293 {
8294 l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
8295 l->os->sectype = normal_section;
8296 }
8297 if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
8298 l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
8299
8300 if (nocrossrefs)
8301 {
8302 lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
8303
8304 nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
8305 nc->name = l->os->name;
8306 nc->next = nocrossref;
8307 nocrossref = nc;
8308 }
8309
8310 next = l->next;
8311 free (l);
8312 l = next;
8313 }
8314
8315 if (nocrossref != NULL)
8316 lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
8317
8318 overlay_vma = NULL;
8319 overlay_list = NULL;
8320 overlay_max = NULL;
8321 overlay_subalign = NULL;
8322 }
8323 \f
8324 /* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */
8325
8326 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
8327 If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
8328 symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match). */
8329
8330 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8331 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
8332 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
8333 const char *sym)
8334 {
8335 const char *c_sym;
8336 const char *cxx_sym = sym;
8337 const char *java_sym = sym;
8338 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
8339 enum demangling_styles curr_style;
8340
8341 curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
8342 cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
8343 c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
8344 if (!c_sym)
8345 c_sym = sym;
8346 cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
8347
8348 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8349 {
8350 cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
8351 DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
8352 if (!cxx_sym)
8353 cxx_sym = sym;
8354 }
8355 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8356 {
8357 java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
8358 if (!java_sym)
8359 java_sym = sym;
8360 }
8361
8362 if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
8363 {
8364 struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
8365
8366 switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
8367 {
8368 case 0:
8369 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8370 {
8371 e.pattern = c_sym;
8372 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8373 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8374 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
8375 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8376 goto out_ret;
8377 else
8378 expr = expr->next;
8379 }
8380 /* Fallthrough */
8381 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
8382 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8383 {
8384 e.pattern = cxx_sym;
8385 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8386 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8387 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
8388 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8389 goto out_ret;
8390 else
8391 expr = expr->next;
8392 }
8393 /* Fallthrough */
8394 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
8395 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8396 {
8397 e.pattern = java_sym;
8398 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8399 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8400 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
8401 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8402 goto out_ret;
8403 else
8404 expr = expr->next;
8405 }
8406 /* Fallthrough */
8407 default:
8408 break;
8409 }
8410 }
8411
8412 /* Finally, try the wildcards. */
8413 if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
8414 expr = head->remaining;
8415 else
8416 expr = prev->next;
8417 for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
8418 {
8419 const char *s;
8420
8421 if (!expr->pattern)
8422 continue;
8423
8424 if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
8425 break;
8426
8427 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8428 s = java_sym;
8429 else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8430 s = cxx_sym;
8431 else
8432 s = c_sym;
8433 if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
8434 break;
8435 }
8436
8437 out_ret:
8438 if (c_sym != sym)
8439 free ((char *) c_sym);
8440 if (cxx_sym != sym)
8441 free ((char *) cxx_sym);
8442 if (java_sym != sym)
8443 free ((char *) java_sym);
8444 return expr;
8445 }
8446
8447 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
8448 return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed. */
8449
8450 static const char *
8451 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
8452 {
8453 const char *p;
8454 bfd_boolean changed = FALSE, backslash = FALSE;
8455 char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
8456
8457 for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
8458 {
8459 /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
8460 backslash. */
8461 if (backslash)
8462 {
8463 /* Remove the preceding backslash. */
8464 *(s - 1) = *p;
8465 backslash = FALSE;
8466 changed = TRUE;
8467 }
8468 else
8469 {
8470 if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
8471 {
8472 free (symbol);
8473 return NULL;
8474 }
8475
8476 *s++ = *p;
8477 backslash = *p == '\\';
8478 }
8479 }
8480
8481 if (changed)
8482 {
8483 *s = '\0';
8484 return symbol;
8485 }
8486 else
8487 {
8488 free (symbol);
8489 return pattern;
8490 }
8491 }
8492
8493 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression. NEW_NAME is
8494 the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
8495 pattern to be matched against symbol names. */
8496
8497 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8498 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
8499 const char *new_name,
8500 const char *lang,
8501 bfd_boolean literal_p)
8502 {
8503 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
8504
8505 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8506 ret->next = orig;
8507 ret->symver = 0;
8508 ret->script = 0;
8509 ret->literal = TRUE;
8510 ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
8511 if (ret->pattern == NULL)
8512 {
8513 ret->pattern = new_name;
8514 ret->literal = FALSE;
8515 }
8516
8517 if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
8518 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8519 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
8520 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
8521 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
8522 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
8523 else
8524 {
8525 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
8526 lang);
8527 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8528 }
8529
8530 return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
8531 }
8532
8533 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
8534 expressions. */
8535
8536 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
8537 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
8538 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
8539 {
8540 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
8541
8542 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
8543 ret->globals.list = globals;
8544 ret->locals.list = locals;
8545 ret->match = lang_vers_match;
8546 ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
8547 return ret;
8548 }
8549
8550 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */
8551
8552 static int version_index;
8553
8554 static hashval_t
8555 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
8556 {
8557 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
8558 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
8559
8560 return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
8561 }
8562
8563 static int
8564 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
8565 {
8566 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
8567 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
8568 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
8569 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
8570
8571 return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
8572 }
8573
8574 static void
8575 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
8576 {
8577 size_t count = 0;
8578 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
8579 struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
8580
8581 for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
8582 {
8583 if (e->literal)
8584 count++;
8585 head->mask |= e->mask;
8586 }
8587
8588 if (count)
8589 {
8590 head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
8591 version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
8592 list_loc = &head->list;
8593 remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
8594 for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
8595 {
8596 next = e->next;
8597 if (!e->literal)
8598 {
8599 *remaining_loc = e;
8600 remaining_loc = &e->next;
8601 }
8602 else
8603 {
8604 void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
8605
8606 if (*loc)
8607 {
8608 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
8609
8610 e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
8611 last = NULL;
8612 do
8613 {
8614 if (e1->mask == e->mask)
8615 {
8616 last = NULL;
8617 break;
8618 }
8619 last = e1;
8620 e1 = e1->next;
8621 }
8622 while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
8623
8624 if (last == NULL)
8625 {
8626 /* This is a duplicate. */
8627 /* FIXME: Memory leak. Sometimes pattern is not
8628 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory. */
8629 /* free (e->pattern); */
8630 free (e);
8631 }
8632 else
8633 {
8634 e->next = last->next;
8635 last->next = e;
8636 }
8637 }
8638 else
8639 {
8640 *loc = e;
8641 *list_loc = e;
8642 list_loc = &e->next;
8643 }
8644 }
8645 }
8646 *remaining_loc = NULL;
8647 *list_loc = head->remaining;
8648 }
8649 else
8650 head->remaining = head->list;
8651 }
8652
8653 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
8654 version. */
8655
8656 void
8657 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
8658 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
8659 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
8660 {
8661 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
8662 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
8663
8664 if (name == NULL)
8665 name = "";
8666
8667 if (link_info.version_info != NULL
8668 && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
8669 {
8670 einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
8671 " with other version tags\n"));
8672 free (version);
8673 return;
8674 }
8675
8676 /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */
8677 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8678 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8679 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
8680
8681 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
8682 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
8683
8684 /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
8685 aren't any duplicates. */
8686
8687 for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8688 {
8689 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8690 {
8691 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8692
8693 if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
8694 {
8695 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8696 htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
8697 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8698 {
8699 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8700 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8701 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8702 e2 = e2->next;
8703 }
8704 }
8705 else if (!e1->literal)
8706 for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8707 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8708 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8709 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8710 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8711 }
8712 }
8713
8714 for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8715 {
8716 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8717 {
8718 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8719
8720 if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
8721 {
8722 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8723 htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
8724 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8725 {
8726 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8727 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8728 " in version information\n"),
8729 e1->pattern);
8730 e2 = e2->next;
8731 }
8732 }
8733 else if (!e1->literal)
8734 for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8735 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8736 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8737 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8738 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8739 }
8740 }
8741
8742 version->deps = deps;
8743 version->name = name;
8744 if (name[0] != '\0')
8745 {
8746 ++version_index;
8747 version->vernum = version_index;
8748 }
8749 else
8750 version->vernum = 0;
8751
8752 for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8753 ;
8754 *pp = version;
8755 }
8756
8757 /* This is called when we see a version dependency. */
8758
8759 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
8760 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
8761 {
8762 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
8763 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
8764
8765 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8766 ret->next = list;
8767
8768 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8769 {
8770 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8771 {
8772 ret->version_needed = t;
8773 return ret;
8774 }
8775 }
8776
8777 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
8778
8779 ret->version_needed = NULL;
8780 return ret;
8781 }
8782
8783 static void
8784 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
8785 {
8786 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
8787
8788 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
8789 {
8790 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
8791 char *contents, *p;
8792 bfd_size_type len;
8793
8794 if (sec == NULL)
8795 continue;
8796
8797 len = sec->size;
8798 contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
8799 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
8800 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
8801
8802 p = contents;
8803 while (p < contents + len)
8804 {
8805 greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, FALSE);
8806 p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
8807 }
8808
8809 /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex. */
8810
8811 /* Do not include this section in the link. */
8812 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
8813 }
8814
8815 lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, FALSE);
8816 lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
8817 lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
8818 }
8819
8820 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec */
8821
8822 static void
8823 lang_do_memory_regions (void)
8824 {
8825 lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
8826
8827 for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
8828 {
8829 if (r->origin_exp)
8830 {
8831 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
8832 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8833 {
8834 r->origin = expld.result.value;
8835 r->current = r->origin;
8836 }
8837 else
8838 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
8839 r->name_list.name);
8840 }
8841 if (r->length_exp)
8842 {
8843 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
8844 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8845 r->length = expld.result.value;
8846 else
8847 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
8848 r->name_list.name);
8849 }
8850 }
8851 }
8852
8853 void
8854 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
8855 {
8856 struct unique_sections *ent;
8857
8858 for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
8859 if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
8860 return;
8861
8862 ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
8863 ent->name = xstrdup (name);
8864 ent->next = unique_section_list;
8865 unique_section_list = ent;
8866 }
8867
8868 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one. */
8869
8870 void
8871 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
8872 {
8873 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
8874 {
8875 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
8876 for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
8877 ;
8878 tail->next = link_info.dynamic_list->head.list;
8879 link_info.dynamic_list->head.list = dynamic;
8880 }
8881 else
8882 {
8883 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
8884
8885 d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
8886 d->head.list = dynamic;
8887 d->match = lang_vers_match;
8888 link_info.dynamic_list = d;
8889 }
8890 }
8891
8892 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
8893 one. */
8894
8895 void
8896 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
8897 {
8898 const char *symbols[] =
8899 {
8900 "typeinfo name for*",
8901 "typeinfo for*"
8902 };
8903 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8904 unsigned int i;
8905
8906 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8907 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8908 FALSE);
8909
8910 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8911 }
8912
8913 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
8914 existing one. */
8915
8916 void
8917 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
8918 {
8919 const char *symbols[] =
8920 {
8921 "operator new*",
8922 "operator delete*"
8923 };
8924 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8925 unsigned int i;
8926
8927 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8928 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8929 FALSE);
8930
8931 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8932 }
8933
8934 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features. */
8935
8936 void
8937 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
8938 {
8939 char *p, *q;
8940
8941 p = str;
8942 while (*p)
8943 {
8944 char sep;
8945 while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
8946 ++p;
8947 if (!*p)
8948 break;
8949 q = p + 1;
8950 while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
8951 ++q;
8952 sep = *q;
8953 *q = 0;
8954 if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
8955 config.sane_expr = TRUE;
8956 else
8957 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
8958 *q = sep;
8959 p = q;
8960 }
8961 }
8962
8963 /* Pretty print memory amount. */
8964
8965 static void
8966 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
8967 {
8968 if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
8969 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
8970 else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
8971 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
8972 else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
8973 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
8974 else
8975 printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
8976 }
8977
8978 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage. */
8979
8980 void
8981 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
8982 {
8983 lang_memory_region_type *r;
8984
8985 printf ("Memory region Used Size Region Size %%age Used\n");
8986 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
8987 {
8988 bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
8989 double percent;
8990
8991 printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
8992 lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
8993 lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
8994
8995 percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
8996
8997 printf (" %6.2f%%\n", percent);
8998 }
8999 }
This page took 0.22366 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.